Click here to MyFlorida Home Page  
Clear Dot Image Cabinet Affairs

image

Agenda
Audio


 




T H E C A B I N E T

S T A T E O F F L O R I D A


Representing:

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE
FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF LAW ENFORCEMENT
DEPARTMENT OF VETERANS' AFFAIRS
DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE
STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION
ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION
BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE
INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND
STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION


VOLUME I

The above agencies came to be heard before
THE FLORIDA CABINET, Honorable Governor Bush
presiding, in the Florida Supreme Court Building, 500
South Duval Street, Main Courtroom, Tallahassee,
Florida, on Tuesday, November 27, 2001, commencing at
approximately 9:17 a.m.


Reported by:

LAURIE L. GILBERT
Registered Professional Reporter
Certified Court Reporter
Certified Realtime Reporter
Registered Merit Reporter
Notary Public in and for
the State of Florida at Large





ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
100 SALEM COURT
TALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA 32301
850/878-2221


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2

APPEARANCES:

Representing the Florida Cabinet:

JEB BUSH
Governor

CHARLES H. BRONSON
Commissioner of Agriculture

ROBERT F. MILLIGAN
Comptroller

KATHERINE HARRIS
Secretary of State

BOB BUTTERWORTH
Attorney General

TOM GALLAGHER
Treasurer

CHARLIE CRIST
Commissioner of Education

* * *

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3
November 27, 2001
I N D E X

ITEM ACTION PAGE

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE:
(Presented by J. Ben Watkins, III,
Director)

1 Approved 5
2 Approved 6
3 Approved 6
4 Approved 6
5 Approved 7
6 Approved 8, 11
7 Presentation 11

DEPARTMENT OF LAW ENFORCEMENT:
(Presented by James T. Moore,
Executive Director)

1 Approved 54
2 Presentation 54

DEPARTMENT OF VETERANS' AFFAIRS:
(Presented by Jennifer Carroll,
Executive Director)

1 Approved 64
2 Approved 64
3 Update 67

DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE:
(Presented by James A. Zingale, Ph.D.,
Executive Director)

1 Approved 72
2 Approved 73

STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION:
(Presented by Wayne V. Pierson,
Deputy Commissioner)

1 Approved 74
2 Approved 82
3 and 4 Approved 87

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4
November 27, 2001
I N D E X
(Continued)

ITEM ACTION PAGE

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION:
(Presented by Teresa Tinker,
Policy Coordinator)

1 Approved 90
2 Deferred 144

CERTIFICATE OF REPORTER 148

* * *

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 5
November 27, 2001
1 P R O C E E D I N G S

2 (The agenda items commenced at 9:52 a.m.)

3 GOVERNOR BUSH: Division of Bond Finance.

4 MR. WATKINS: Good morning.

5 Item Number 1 is the minutes of the

6 October 30th meeting.

7 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Motion on minutes.

8 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: Second.

9 COMMISSIONER BRONSON: Second.

10 COMMISSIONER CRIST: Second.

11 GOVERNOR BUSH: Moved and seconded.

12 Without objection, it's approved.

13 MR. WATKINS: Item Number 2 is a resolution

14 authorizing the competitive sale of up to

15 50 million dollars in Department of

16 Transportation right-of-way acquisition and

17 bridge construction bonds.

18 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Motion on 2.

19 MR. WATKINS: The resolution also ratifies

20 a prior resolution for a sale of up to

21 100 million dollars.

22 So together we are -- the authorization is

23 for a hundred -- up to 150 million dollars in

24 bonds.

25 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Motion on 2.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 6
November 27, 2001
1 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: Second.

2 COMMISSIONER BRONSON: Second.

3 GOVERNOR BUSH: Moved and seconded.

4 Without objection, it's approved.

5 MR. WATKINS: Item Number 3 is a resolution

6 authorizing the competitive sale of up to

7 35 million dollars in State University System

8 improvement bonds on behalf of the Florida

9 Board of Education.

10 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Motion on 3.

11 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: Second.

12 COMMISSIONER BRONSON: Second.

13 GOVERNOR BUSH: Moved and seconded.

14 Without objection, it's approved.

15 MR. WATKINS: Item Number 4 is a resolution

16 authorizing the competitive sale of up to

17 twenty-five-and-a-half million dollars of

18 housing facility revenue bonds for

19 Florida State University for construction --

20 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Move Number 4.

21 MR. WATKINS: -- of a dormitory.

22 COMMISSIONER CRIST: Second.

23 GOVERNOR BUSH: Moved and seconded.

24 Without objection, it's approved.

25 MR. WATKINS: Item Number 5 is a report of

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 7
November 27, 2001
1 award on the competitive sale of

2 twenty-two million five hundred and ninety

3 thousand dollar Florida State University

4 Research Foundation revenue bonds. The bonds

5 were awarded to the low bidder at a true

6 interest cost of 4.84 percent.

7 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Motion on Number 5.

8 COMMISSIONER BRONSON: Second.

9 COMMISSIONER CRIST: Second.

10 GOVERNOR BUSH: Moved and seconded.

11 Without objection, it's approved.

12 MR. WATKINS: Item Number 6 is a report of

13 award on the negotiated sale of two hundred and

14 sixty-nine million three hundred and fifteen

15 thousand dollars of PECO refunding bonds.

16 And before I get into the substance of the

17 report of award on this particular agenda item,

18 I would like to review for you the refinancing

19 activities that we -- that the market has

20 allowed us to undertake over the last calendar

21 year. In -- in effect because of the low

22 interest rate environment that existed in the

23 market, we were able to execute eight

24 transactions totaling a billion-and-a-half

25 dollars during calendar year 2001, generating

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 8
November 27, 2001
1 gross savings -- debt service savings to the

2 State of approximately 163 million dollars, or

3 115 million dollars on a present value basis.

4 So we've been very fortunate from a finance

5 standpoint in availing ourselves of lowering

6 our debt service requirements.

7 And on this particular transaction, the --

8 the bonds were priced to yield a true interest

9 cost of 4.42 percent, generating gross savings

10 of 48.3 million dollars, or

11 thirty-four-and-a-half million dollars on a

12 present value basis.

13 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Motion on 6.

14 COMMISSIONER CRIST: Second.

15 COMMISSIONER BRONSON: Second.

16 GOVERNOR BUSH: Moved and seconded.

17 Without objection, it's approved.

18 MR. WATKINS: Item Number 6 --

19 GOVERNOR BUSH: Is there more -- there's

20 more to come on that stuff?

21 MR. WATKINS: Well, Governor, what we do

22 from -- from a methodology standpoint, we're

23 constantly reviewing market conditions and

24 candidates' --

25 (Commissioner Bronson exited the room.)

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 9
November 27, 2001
1 MR. WATKINS: -- refunding. And once it

2 meets our benchmark savings level, we move to

3 execute the -- the transaction.

4 So given where we are, and the way that the

5 interest rates have dropped, we've done

6 everything that's economically feasible to

7 refinance.

8 And actually over the last couple of weeks,

9 interest rates have risen pretty dramatically.

10 I'm talking about 40 basis points, which is a

11 significant upward move, as a result of the

12 perception in the market that -- that the

13 hostilities are coming to a close, and more

14 optimism with respect to the economy.

15 GOVERNOR BUSH: Higher rates -- okay.

16 That's always an inverse.

17 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Bonds up --

18 MR. WATKINS: Right.

19 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- stocks -- stocks

20 up, bonds down, rates are higher.

21 MR. WATKINS: Right.

22 GOVERNOR BUSH: Can I --

23 SECRETARY HARRIS: How --

24 GOVERNOR BUSH: Excuse me.

25 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Go ahead.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 10
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: I'm sorry, Katherine.

2 SECRETARY HARRIS: I was just going to ask

3 how specifically the terrorist attacks affected

4 the bond market, how it im-- impacted our

5 state's refinancing plans.

6 MR. WATKINS: Well, in effect, we had no

7 market for about a month after the events of

8 September 11. There were a number of the major

9 investment banking firms that were both in and

10 around Ground Zero. And until they had an

11 opportunity to relocate to their disaster

12 recovery sites in New Jersey, our market, the

13 municipal market, was not operational.

14 And what has transpired since then, then

15 obviously the Fed intervened to lower rates

16 to -- for economic stimulus purposes. That's

17 what has brought rates down is three rate cuts

18 since -- since that occurred.

19 There's been a huge amount of supply over

20 the last two months because of people being out

21 of the market for so long, and now rates have

22 started backing up.

23 So, in -- in effect, it had beneficial

24 impact for -- from a near term standpoint, less

25 clear what the longer term prospects are

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 11
November 27, 2001
1 because of the state of the economy.

2 GOVERNOR BUSH: Any other questions?

3 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Motion on 6.

4 COMMISSIONER CRIST: Second.

5 GOVERNOR BUSH: Moved and seconded.

6 Without objection, it's approved.

7 Can -- can I ask -- Scotty -- I'm assuming

8 out in this lobby area there's -- as I recall,

9 upstairs, there's people --

10 (Commissioner Bronson entered the room.)

11 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- working.

12 And -- could you please tell them to --

13 that -- I'm sure that the Supreme Court -- we

14 want to keep the Justices happy. Maybe they

15 could keep it down out there.

16 We won't ever be invited back.

17 MR. WATKINS: Item Number 7 is a

18 presentation of the annual update of the debt

19 affordability study.

20 So this is our annual dose of -- of debt

21 affordability, and the state of the State in

22 terms of where we are with respect to debt.

23 TREASURER GALLAGHER: We didn't used to

24 have to play this music. We just sort of

25 ignored it.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 12
November 27, 2001
1 So you've made us aware of this, and I just

2 think that's probably a very good thing,

3 Governor.

4 MR. WATKINS: The -- this is the second

5 annual update of the debt affordability study.

6 And recall that the value of the analysis is

7 the development of a financial model used to

8 evaluate the State's debt position.

9 And the model is dynamic in that it

10 measures two things, two variables that change

11 over time. The first is the amount of debt

12 outstanding; and more importantly, what our

13 annual debt service requirements are to service

14 that debt.

15 And the second thing is the amount of

16 revenues that we have available to -- to make

17 our debt service payments with.

18 So the purpose of the debt affordability

19 analysis is to provide an analytical framework

20 to measure the amount of debt that we have

21 outstanding, to monitor our debt position, and

22 to -- to manage the amount of debt that we have

23 in -- in a meaningful way so that the State

24 doesn't inadvertently exceed prudent debt

25 levels.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 13
November 27, 2001
1 By way of review, I'd like to recount the

2 methodology that we use to give you the

3 framework of what's about to come in the

4 report.

5 The first thing that we do is catalog or

6 quantify all State debt that we have

7 outstanding.

8 And then we evaluate the trend in our debt

9 levels, and our annual debt service

10 requirements over a ten-year period. We

11 calculate our debt ratios; we compare Florida's

12 debt ratios to both national and peer group

13 medians, as well as our ten-state peer group.

14 Then we designated a benchmark debt ratio

15 of debt service to revenues, and suggested a

16 guideline borrowing range -- that the

17 Legislature stay within the borrowing range.

18 Six percent as a target, and eight percent as a

19 cap is what we suggested two years ago.

20 And then we calculate the amount of

21 available debt capacity within the 6 percent

22 target, and the 8 percent cap.

23 Now, up until last year, this process was

24 an informal process, in that it was not

25 mandatory. But the Legislature -- and -- and

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 14
November 27, 2001
1 the -- the process is designed to provide

2 information on the long-term financial

3 consequences of borrowing decisions that is

4 made at the legislative level.

5 The information is -- is generated both for

6 purposes of the Governor's preparation of the

7 budget recommendations; and it's generated for

8 the Legislature for their benefit in

9 formulating the appropriations act, or the

10 budget for the State.

11 This past year, the Legislature endorsed

12 the process, and has actually required and

13 formalized it by requiring that the debt

14 affordability analysis be prepared on an annual

15 basis, and delivered to the leadership of the

16 President of the Senate, Speaker of the House,

17 and the Chairs of the respective appropriations

18 committee by December 15th of each year.

19 So it's no longer informal, it's now a

20 formal process. The only substantive change

21 that the Legislature made in enacting that was

22 they narrowed the suggested borrowing range

23 that we were talking about, using 6 percent as

24 a target, and 7 percent as a cap.

25 The -- the updated debt affordability

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 15
November 27, 2001
1 analysis largely follows the methodology of the

2 debt affordability analysis itself.

3 And what it involves is calculating the

4 total State debt outstanding; evaluating the

5 growth in debt and debt service requirements;

6 updating the projections for actual debt issued

7 over the last year; and what our expected

8 issuance is over the next ten years; updating

9 the projections for changes in the revenue

10 estimates that have occurred since last year;

11 recalculating the benchmark debt ratio, our

12 projected benchmark debt ratio; comparing that

13 to the 6 percent target that we've established;

14 and then calculating the amount of available

15 debt capacity, both within the 6 percent

16 target, and the 7 percent cap.

17 With the review completed, we now get into

18 sort of where we are with respect to State debt

19 outstanding. There is 18.3 billion dollars of

20 State debt outstanding.

21 And for purposes of the analysis, it

22 doesn't matter what entity issues the debt. So

23 long as it's secured by a State revenue stream,

24 it's included in -- in -- in the analysis.

25 And what this is intended to do is show

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 16
November 27, 2001
1 where the proceeds of the borrowing -- what

2 programmatic areas they've been devoted to.

3 And -- and there are no surprises in this.

4 You can see that a -- that a substantial

5 majority of the debt that we issued, over

6 10 billion of the 18 billion, is devoted to

7 school construction, with the re-- the

8 remaining programs -- large programs being for

9 environmental protection and transportation.

10 In evaluating our debt position, it's

11 important to have a much -- a longer term

12 perspective, and not --

13 GOVERNOR BUSH: Sorry.

14 MR. WATKINS: -- just a snap--

15 Yes, sir.

16 GOVERNOR BUSH: Ben, the -- I think you

17 answered this last time we had our talk about

18 this, but why is the Orlando Aviation -- the

19 Orlando Turnpike -- Expressway Authority a

20 State indebtedness?

21 MR. WATKINS: They were -- they were

22 created as a State entity, as a State agency.

23 They are technically a State agency.

24 GOVERNOR BUSH: Technically?

25 MR. WATKINS: And -- and so they're --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 17
November 27, 2001
1 well, created under law that way. Expressly

2 says they are a State agency, and so,

3 therefore -- these expressway authorities are

4 sort of a hybrid, Governor, and they're not

5 clearly local debt, and they're not clearly

6 State debt in the sense that the Department of

7 Education, Department of Transportation, and

8 Department of Environmental Protection are.

9 But the Legislature has to approve their

10 projects, and their debt has to be approved by

11 this Board.

12 And that's the way historically these

13 expressway authorities have operated. There

14 are other expressway authorities that the

15 Legislature has created -- Santa Rosa Bay

16 Bridge Authority, for example, that is not a

17 State agency. And there is no State oversight

18 involved.

19 GOVERNOR BUSH: How about the one that I

20 vetoed the money for, the -- what's referred to

21 as --

22 MR. WATKINS: Bo's Bridge.

23 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- Bo's Bridge.

24 MR. WATKINS: That's the Santa Rosa Bay

25 Bridge Authority.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 18
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: Okay. So that's --

2 MR. WATKINS: And so they were independent,

3 and their debt did not come to this Board for

4 review and approval, nor was their project

5 approved by the Legislature.

6 GOVERNOR BUSH: Thank you.

7 MR. WATKINS: So that's the difference. It

8 really depends on organically how the

9 Legislature creates them.

10 And that's the difference.

11 TREASURER GALLAGHER: So when those bonds

12 get -- go into default, does that affect our

13 credit rating at all?

14 MR. WATKINS: It will have some impact on

15 the State, and is -- is of some reflection to

16 the State, not in terms of -- it won't

17 adversely affect our credit, simply because

18 it's a different revenue stream.

19 But that being said, there -- there is

20 Department of Transportation subsidy and

21 support of the project. So there is some level

22 of State involvement, but it's not something

23 that investors relied on, hence the Governor's

24 veto message, in -- when the debt was issued.

25 In other words, DOT is picking up the cost

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 19
November 27, 2001
1 of operating and maintaining the facility. And

2 that was the commitment was -- that was made.

3 And -- and that is continuing to be done.

4 And what they were asking for was

5 additional State money over and above the

6 commitment that had been made at the outset.

7 So it's not a State debt, and it's not a

8 State credit, and it won't impact our normal

9 State borrowings.

10 GOVERNOR BUSH: Could you say that the --

11 by differentiating between obligations, that

12 the State doesn't -- isn't obliged to -- to

13 provide support for, and -- and the majority of

14 the debt that you're showing here, we actually

15 strengthen our credit, because we don't have

16 this contingent liability out there that

17 somehow the full faith and credit of the State

18 is always going to be there to bail out local

19 governments, or poorly underwritten obligations

20 that -- that we may have some involvement in,

21 but we don't have any direct financial support

22 of, or -- or liability of it.

23 MR. WATKINS: Right.

24 Well, this makes it clear, Governor,

25 exactly what debt is secured by State revenues,

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 20
November 27, 2001
1 where we're committed securing the debt by

2 State revenues, versus those that are not.

3 And that's why you don't see Santa Rosa Bay

4 Bridge Authority --

5 GOVERNOR BUSH: Okay.

6 MR. WATKINS: -- in here.

7 And you -- there -- there are other pieces

8 of debt -- the legislatively created creatures

9 that are secured by State revenues, cigarette

10 taxes for Lee Moffitt Cancer Center is a good

11 example, gas taxes out of the State

12 Transportation Trust Fund for the Florida Ports

13 Financing Commission is another.

14 So it was a debt that came to this Board,

15 but it is secured by State revenue, and,

16 therefore --

17 GOVERNOR BUSH: What's the --

18 MR. WATKINS: -- is a State --

19 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- State revenue for --

20 MR. WATKINS: -- obligation.

21 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- the Orlando Aviation

22 Authority?

23 MR. WATKINS: Sir?

24 GOVERNOR BUSH: What's the State revenue

25 for the Orlando Aviation Authority?

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 21
November 27, 2001
1 MR. WATKINS: There is a DOT subsidy of

2 their O&M. So it's not a direct pledge of a

3 State revenue stream, but there is State

4 involvement in the credit structure. So --

5 GOVERNOR BUSH: It's a hybrid.

6 TREASURER GALLAGHER: And would you tell me

7 what -- I think I might know, but I'm not sure.

8 What is the investment fraud debt for

9 7 million?

10 MR. WATKINS: It was a -- it was an entity

11 created to reimburse senior citizens who lost

12 money in an investment scam. Government

13 Investment Corporation I believe was the name

14 of it.

15 And there's a fee on brokerage

16 registrations that was leveraged in order to

17 reimburse those elderly people who were -- who

18 were fleeced of their life savings, in effect.

19 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: That -- that's

20 essentially correct.

21 What happened in that GIC business was that

22 the State was found at fault by the Court in

23 not shutting down the operation when they knew

24 that, in fact, it was operating in violation of

25 law.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 22
November 27, 2001
1 And as a result of anyone that had made

2 investments subsequent to the Court ruling, we

3 for -- felt obligated. And the securities

4 industry, frankly, stepped up to the plate, and

5 they are the ones that are paying for the

6 reimbursement to the GIC --

7 TREASURER GALLAGHER: When did this happen?

8 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: It happened in --

9 between about 19-- well, started it about 1989,

10 ran on up till about 1992 -- or 1992, '93,

11 time frame basically.

12 And -- and -- and this operation was not

13 shut down, should have been shut down. And the

14 Court found that we made a mistake.

15 And to the credit of the securities

16 industry, I think that's important to point out

17 that the securities industry stepped up to the

18 plate and agreed to pay an additional fee,

19 which sunsets here in about three years

20 I think.

21 TREASURER GALLAGHER: How much was it

22 originally?

23 MR. WATKINS: Eight million dollars

24 I think, something along --

25 TREASURER GALLAGHER: We're --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 23
November 27, 2001
1 MR. WATKINS: -- lines.

2 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- going to have the

3 7 million paid off in three years?

4 MR. WATKINS: It's a very short-term loan,

5 yes, sir.

6 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: It's actually about

7 seven years, about three years left on that.

8 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Usual deal, the

9 interest is all paid, now the principal?

10 GOVERNOR BUSH: Got it.

11 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: You know, I think --

12 I think it reflects well on the -- on the State

13 being willing to recognize that we made a

14 mistake, and -- and -- and to help these

15 people, most of which were, in fact, elderly,

16 many of which lost their life savings and were

17 living in poverty, literally, and many

18 committed suicide over it.

19 SECRETARY HARRIS: Governor --

20 GOVERNOR BUSH: Yes.

21 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- this chart right

22 here, the pie chart, is that more of a direct

23 reflection of the State's priorities that's

24 been in when you actually look at that because

25 we've -- we've focused so much on education and

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 24
November 27, 2001
1 certainly environment and transportation, is

2 that how you would couch that?

3 MR. WATKINS: It -- it clearly is -- is a

4 reflection of what the State priorities are in

5 terms of capital spending, with the largest

6 program being for education, followed by

7 environmental protection and transportation.

8 So from -- from a -- a legislative

9 prioritization standpoint, that's where we've

10 chosen to make our investments, in

11 infrastructure.

12 The next thing we do is -- the -- the whole

13 exercise is intended to be, take a longer term

14 view of the world than -- than is typically

15 done through the legislative process.

16 So what we do is take a ten-year look-back

17 in terms of what our growth in debt has been,

18 and what our growth in our annual debt service

19 requirements have been.

20 And you can see, there's been a tremendous

21 increase reflecting the substantial investments

22 in infrastructure we've made to provide for

23 infrastructure for a growing population.

24 And the increase for 2001 is only

25 310 million, which is -- which is less than the

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 25
November 27, 2001
1 average annual increases over the last -- over

2 the last decades, primarily because we didn't

3 have any significant borrowings for

4 transportation last year, they just simply

5 didn't need the cash; and we converted the

6 Florida Forever Program from a 300 million

7 dollars a year, whether we need it or not --

8 GOVERNOR BUSH: Right.

9 MR. WATKINS: -- to a more efficient model,

10 and borrowing only the money to provide the

11 cash needed to close the acquisitions.

12 So that's the growth in annual debt

13 service.

14 More importantly, from a budgetary

15 perspective is the growth in the annual debt

16 service requirements. And the growth in our

17 annual debt service requirement mirrors the

18 increase in -- in -- in the growth in debt over

19 the last decade.

20 And what I'd like to point out here is that

21 our annual payment, our annual recurring

22 payment obligation for debt is up to

23 1.3 billion dollars per year.

24 And this is important because it reflects

25 what has to be paid, and provided for, before

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 26
November 27, 2001
1 monies are available to provide for the

2 multitude of services that the State provides,

3 and really is an indication of budgetary

4 flexibility.

5 The next two pages, pages 8 and 9, the

6 comparison of Florida debt ratios to national

7 averages in our -- in our ten-state peer group.

8 I'm not going to belabor this.

9 But the -- the thing that I did want to

10 point out is when taking a macro view of our

11 relative debt position, evaluating the three

12 traditional debt ratios that the municipal

13 industry uses to evaluate debt position,

14 Florida is higher than the national average in

15 two -- for two of the three debt ratios used in

16 the municipal industry.

17 And taking a more microview in looking at

18 how Florida stacks up, or how Florida ranks in

19 relation to our ten-state peer group, which is

20 the ten largest states, we rank -- we are third

21 highest in -- in evaluating the three debt

22 ratios using the municipal industry.

23 GOVERNOR BUSH: Go ahead, Tom.

24 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Have we -- have we

25 also looked at what our average interest rate

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 27
November 27, 2001
1 is compared to the others? In other words, how

2 well we do in the market?

3 Or are you just letting the -- the ratings

4 refrect (sic) -- reflect that?

5 MR. WATKINS: The debt service to -- to

6 revenue ratios takes that into account. But --

7 but demand for our bonds remains extremely

8 strong. And we continue, even during these

9 times, to trade through a -- a AA credit

10 rating, which is what our --

11 TREASURER GALLAGHER: You --

12 MR. WATKINS: -- what our general --

13 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Is the --

14 MR. WATKINS: -- obligation bond rating is.

15 GOVERNOR BUSH: Lower --

16 MR. WATKINS: Lower interest rate.

17 GOVERNOR BUSH: Right.

18 MR. WATKINS: Lower interest rate than you

19 would expect on a normal, generic AA credit.

20 GOVERNOR BUSH: What the market does is

21 treats us better than the graders.

22 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Right.

23 MR. WATKINS: Correct.

24 TREASURER GALLAGHER: But what's interes--

25 that -- that's why I'm -- wondering what --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 28
November 27, 2001
1 there probably isn't a way really to compare

2 our average interest rate with the other

3 ten states, is there? I mean, there's too many

4 issues to be --

5 MR. WATKINS: There are too many issues.

6 And you get a divergence in maturity structure.

7 You know, our maturity structure is relatively

8 long because it's weighted towards PECO, and

9 PECO is a 30-year debt, which really from a --

10 from a historical -- from a market perspective

11 is pretty long duration -- is relatively long

12 duration debt.

13 And -- and so you get a long of mismatches,

14 and there gets to be a lot of noise, and the

15 comparison becomes less meaningful.

16 But I can assure you that our -- that our

17 average overall interest rate has been -- on

18 our -- on our entire portfolio of 18.3 billion

19 dollars debt, is extremely attractive.

20 And primarily because we've been -- it's

21 been a good time to be borrowing money over the

22 last decade.

23 That, coupled with the refinancing

24 activity -- it's a perverse view of the world,

25 Governor. But that's what we do.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 29
November 27, 2001
1 So -- so our average interest rate is very

2 low, based on the debt that we have

3 outstanding.

4 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Which, of course,

5 allows us to borrow more.

6 GOVERNOR BUSH: Absolutely.

7 MR. WATKINS: Right.

8 GOVERNOR BUSH: Ben -- I -- this is like

9 deja vu. I think I asked this question as well

10 last time.

11 I don't see in here a cumulative debt

12 look -- analysis related to municipal and --

13 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Oh, he's got it.

14 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- hence -- you got it?

15 MR. WATKINS: That's -- not -- it's not in

16 here, Governor, but it's coming in December.

17 That'll be your Christmas present --

18 GOVERNOR BUSH: All right.

19 MR. WATKINS: -- in December.

20 And, yes, you did ask for it a year ago.

21 And it's taken us that long to assimilate all

22 of the information, and try to provide a

23 meaningful comparison.

24 GOVERNOR BUSH: I think it would be

25 helpful, just as it relates to comparing

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 30
November 27, 2001
1 ourselves to our peers as well, hope we -- I

2 don't want you to go spend another year trying

3 to track down the local debt for every -- for

4 our -- of the other nine states.

5 But the -- many states borrow more heavily

6 at the local level than at the State level.

7 And while again I just make the opposite point

8 about how we're not -- we shouldn't be -- feel

9 compelled to be obligated for the indebtedness

10 of -- of -- of other government entities in the

11 state, the cumulative effect of that I think

12 probably impacts the market, doesn't it?

13 I mean --

14 MR. WATKINS: It does. And it's a --

15 GOVERNOR BUSH: And if the local

16 governments are borrowing very little, it -- it

17 protects our position; and if they borr-- if

18 they're borrowing extraordinary sums, it

19 probably crowds us out a bit, doesn't it?

20 I --

21 MR. WATKINS: The --

22 TREASURER GALLAGHER: My guess is that the

23 local governments borrow a lot in Florida, but

24 I could be wrong.

25 MR. WATKINS: Well -- you know, I was

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 31
November 27, 2001
1 surprised in the results of the analysis. And

2 giving you the preview of the answer to the

3 question, Governor, it's very, very difficult

4 to look at on a state-by-state basis, because

5 you have to drill down in other jurisdictions.

6 So it's very difficult to quantify. We had

7 a enough hard time ourselves --

8 GOVERNOR BUSH: Right.

9 MR. WATKINS: -- just getting our arms

10 around what our State and local debt combined

11 is. Because what we're talking about is school

12 district debt, county debt, city debt,

13 water management district debt, and special

14 district debt --

15 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Hospital --

16 MR. WATKINS: -- just within the confines

17 of the state of Florida.

18 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Hospital debt?

19 MR. WATKINS: Excuse me?

20 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Hospital debt?

21 Special district --

22 MR. WATKINS: It's included in the special

23 district debt, yes, sir.

24 And what we found is, unfortunately, the

25 only data set that we have to compare against

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 32
November 27, 2001
1 is a national average, a debt per capita on a

2 national average.

3 And when you -- when you evaluate -- when

4 you aggregate all of our state and local debt,

5 and you compare it to the national average of

6 state and local debt, we are actually

7 relatively low in relation to the national

8 average, which then tells me that our local

9 debt maybe isn't as great when we look at it on

10 an aggregate basis as some other jurisdictions.

11 But we haven't done that comparison because

12 of a lack of data to do it with.

13 GOVERNOR BUSH: Don't encourage them.

14 MR. WATKINS: Don't worry.

15 Now that we've completed an evaluation of

16 what our current debt position is, and what

17 our -- from a historical perspective, what the

18 growth is, then we start the analysis with

19 forward looking information.

20 And what we do is a ten-year projection of

21 expected bond issuance for our existing

22 programs.

23 And what we find is that over the next

24 ten years, we have 9.7 billion dollars that we

25 expect to borrow under our programs that are

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 33
November 27, 2001
1 currently in existence.

2 And it's -- this is down slightly from the

3 last time we did this analysis, but it was our

4 ten-year look forward expected issuance was

5 9.9 billion. And it's now 9.7, primarily

6 because we've -- we've implemented another

7 piece of the lottery program.

8 In other words, the lottery program was a

9 two -- two-and-a-half billion dollar

10 commitment. Well, over the last year, we've --

11 we've issued several hundred million dollars in

12 debt, and so that -- but we didn't bring on any

13 new programs.

14 And so that number is down slightly, but

15 comp-- very comparable the last year.

16 GOVERNOR BUSH: What about the proposed

17 acceler-- the use of GARVEE, is that in this?

18 MR. WATKINS: Those are included in this,

19 Governor, and is part of the economic stimulus

20 package where we accelerated school

21 construction and transportation projects that

22 were ready to go to contract.

23 It didn't really increase the absolute

24 amount of debt that we were propos-- that is

25 expected to be issued over the next ten years.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 34
November 27, 2001
1 It did incrementally a couple of hundred

2 million.

3 But what it really did was move up

4 borrowings that were expected in later years to

5 finance projects that were going to be brought

6 on later.

7 (Commissioner Crist exited the room.)

8 MR. WATKINS: Those that were ready to go

9 to contract and ready for construction were

10 actually moved up into the current year.

11 So it moves up borrowing, but doesn't

12 increase dramatically the absolute amount of

13 borrowing that's being expected over the next

14 ten years.

15 The second step in preparing the forward

16 looking information, which is especially

17 important in light of the current economic

18 outlook, is to evaluate what our expected

19 revenue collections are.

20 And you can see the dark blue line is last

21 year's short run and long run revenue

22 estimates, and the red line are the current

23 revenue estimates for both the near term and

24 the long-term. And obviously, estimated

25 revenues are down reflecting a weaker economy.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 35
November 27, 2001
1 And the biggest drop in revenues occurs

2 both in the current fiscal year, and in next

3 fiscal year. But even the -- even the long run

4 estimates indicate that we will have less money

5 available to budget and appropriate.

6 Then we take the projections for these two

7 variables, the -- the -- to calculate the

8 change in our benchmark debt ratio.

9 So what we're doing is taking the amount of

10 current debt that we have outstanding, the debt

11 service requirements on that, adding to that

12 the debt service requirements on the

13 9.7 billion dollars that we expect to issue

14 over the next ten years, using the updated

15 revenue projections provided by the Revenue

16 Estimating Conference, and calculate what our

17 projected benchmark debt ratio will look like

18 over the next ten years.

19 And you can see the light blue line is the

20 historical change in our benchmark debt ratio,

21 the dark line on the top is our current

22 projected benchmark debt ratio, and the red

23 squiggly line is last year's projection of our

24 benchmark debt ratio.

25 And what it shows is that in the near term,

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 36
November 27, 2001
1 that we're going to exceed our target,

2 six twenty-two at the end of this year,

3 6 percent's our target; six fifty-nine at the

4 end of next year.

5 So what we see is that we exceed our target

6 by more, and stay out of compliance by long --

7 for longer, up until 2008.

8 And this is largely -- this is a reflection

9 of the decrease in revenues that we have

10 available to pay for our debt with, not

11 anything that we've done with respect to State

12 debt over the last year.

13 GOVERNOR BUSH: So it has nothing to do

14 with the economic stimulus package.

15 MR. WATKINS: No.

16 GOVERNOR BUSH: Thank you.

17 MR. WATKINS: Based on the -- the last step

18 in the process with -- we -- is we calculate

19 what our estimated debt capacity -- our

20 available debt capacity is, both within the

21 6 percent target, and the 7 percent cap.

22 And what we see is total bonding capacity

23 over the next ten years within the 6 percent

24 target is approximately 12.65 billion.

25 And then we -- we subtract from that what

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 37
November 27, 2001
1 our expected issuance is, the 9.65 billion, or

2 9.7 billion dollars expected over the next

3 ten years, and it leaves us with 3 billion

4 dollars in additional debt capacity within our

5 6 percent target benchmark debt ratio.

6 And that's down from an estimated available

7 capacity of 5.3 billion dollars from last year.

8 And the decrease in future available

9 capacity again is due to the lower revenue

10 estimates.

11 And the capacity they -- the important

12 thing to note here is the capacity -- the

13 available capacity is not in the near term.

14 The capacity is not -- the available capacity

15 within the 6 percent doesn't occur until 2008.

16 And so the conclusion from all of that is

17 there is no available capacity for --

18 (Commissioner Crist entered the room.)

19 MR. WATKINS: -- new financing programs

20 within the 6 percent target that the

21 Legislature has established.

22 Yes, ma'am.

23 SECRETARY HARRIS: On the previous slide

24 now you're discussing it, if -- if our debt

25 position is weakened, is that going to affect

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 38
November 27, 2001
1 our bond rating adversely such that it would

2 increase our borrowing costs?

3 MR. WATKINS: The change of the

4 deterioration in our -- in our -- increase in

5 our benchmark debt ratio will not in and of

6 itself adversely affect our credit rating.

7 It is merely a factor that it -- one -- one

8 of a multitude of factors that the rating

9 agencies consider in assigning our rating.

10 So demand for our bonds remains strong, it

11 is a factor -- it is a quantitative factor

12 considered in our debt rating, but shouldn't in

13 and of itself adversely -- will not inadvert--

14 in and of itself adversely affect our credit

15 rating.

16 The more important thing that may well have

17 an impact on our credit rating is the state of

18 our economy, and what happens prospectively

19 with that.

20 And so we're -- we're in constant

21 communication with the rating agencies in terms

22 of what the economic outlook is, what the

23 future revenue projections are.

24 Another important element dealing with our

25 credit rating is going to be how the

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 39
November 27, 2001
1 Legislature chooses to deal with the

2 1.3 billion dollar revenue shortfall, and how

3 they balance the budget.

4 And that will be another important factor,

5 probably more important than the absolute level

6 of debt that we have outstanding that could

7 potentially affect our credit rating in the

8 near term.

9 SECRETARY HARRIS: Specifically, you said

10 how they deal with it.

11 In what regard?

12 MR. WATKINS: Well, there are a multitude

13 of different ways they can deal with it. Other

14 jurisdictions, for example, have used

15 nonrecurring revenues to balance their budget

16 with.

17 And so when you do that, you create a

18 structural imbalance, and it just makes it more

19 and more difficult in future years. And many

20 jurisdictions live with that for -- year in and

21 year out.

22 And so consequently, their credit rating

23 reflects their inability to balance their

24 budget on a recurring basis.

25 GOVERNOR BUSH: Good answer.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 40
November 27, 2001
1 I just read in the paper that California

2 has a 10.5 billion dollar shortfall.

3 Underestimated revenues and expenses for this

4 fiscal year by 10.5 billion dollars.

5 That's just probably two times-and-a-half

6 or three times bigger than ours probably, but

7 the shortfall is six, eight -- eight times

8 bigger.

9 It's just a --

10 TREASURER GALLAGHER: If you count where we

11 are now, and where we'll be next year, you run

12 into the same ratio.

13 GOVERNOR BUSH: One point three?

14 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Those two -- for next

15 year.

16 GOVERNOR BUSH: But we've annualized the

17 cuts. If we ever get any cuts, they'll --

18 those annualize out to where we don't have

19 that --

20 COMMISSIONER BRONSON: Governor, I think

21 one of the -- one of the things that strikes me

22 is, you know, our -- our little problems here

23 aren't necessarily in all because we have

24 somehow misplaced where we should be putting

25 our money, or any of that.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 41
November 27, 2001
1 We're suffering from perception right now.

2 And perception is killing us on our -- travel

3 of our tourists from overseas around the

4 country, only because of perception.

5 And if we could somehow, through your

6 efforts to get the word out that -- that we

7 don't have people sick all over the

8 state of Florida, we don't have our food

9 contaminated in the state of Florida, so that

10 we can get our agriculture sales back up where

11 they should be, and also tourists traveling,

12 then these numbers are going to fluctuate to

13 the good.

14 And I think that perception level has hurt

15 us right now worse than anything we have done

16 economically in this state, or that the

17 Legislature has done at all.

18 It's -- it's strictly a perception.

19 GOVERNOR BUSH: We are certainly going

20 through tough times. But it is -- this is

21 really useful I think, because there are good

22 ideas right now that are on the table to use

23 additional debt to -- to solve important

24 aspects of State policy.

25 And there is a point where we -- we start

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 42
November 27, 2001
1 reaching dilemma, and I think we're pretty much

2 there.

3 You know, part of this drop I think does

4 relate to the -- to revenue estimations out

5 beyond a couple of years, you know, all bets

6 are off.

7 But the fact is, we've had a -- a major

8 adjustment in fiscal year index, there's no

9 question about that.

10 And that has an impact on these debt

11 service numbers. And this is a pretty

12 compelling chart right here. It says zero for

13 five years. But in terms of available

14 capacity, we want to stay near our target.

15 MR. WATKINS: Right.

16 And the whole purpose of the -- the

17 exercise, Governor, and -- and to this -- to

18 this governing body's credit, the amount of

19 debt and what our level of debt had never been

20 a factor in the discussion in the legislative

21 debate about what was appropriate to borrow

22 for, and what wasn't, and how to prioritize

23 capital spending.

24 And now as a policy matter, it is an

25 element, and it is a factor that they -- they

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 43
November 27, 2001
1 consider in formulating the appropriations act.

2 So -- so, in other words, the information

3 is where it needs to be in terms of formulating

4 the policy.

5 The debt capacity -- the last step in the

6 analysis is -- is calculating the debt capacity

7 within the 7 percent cap that the -- that the

8 Legislature has established.

9 And -- and what we find is that the total

10 capacity available over the next ten years,

11 using the current revenue estimates and

12 7 percent as a cap, is 9.15 billion dollars.

13 But only -- only approximately 3 billion

14 dollars of that capacity is available within

15 the near term.

16 And the -- and the -- and the -- the

17 appropriate view of this capacity is not as a

18 resource available to be used, but as a cushion

19 against further deterioration in the economic

20 conditions within the state.

21 Because just as we've experienced over the

22 last year, with 2 billion dollars of debt

23 capacity evaporating because of lower revenue

24 estimates, that same scenario can play itself

25 out again.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 44
November 27, 2001
1 (Secretary Harris exited the room.)

2 MR. WATKINS: And so the better view of the

3 capacity within the 7 percent cap that's been

4 established is to use it as a re-- reserve

5 against further deterioration in the expected

6 revenue collections of the state.

7 And speaking of reserves, another important

8 measure from a credit standpoint is the level

9 of general reserves available.

10 Our general fund balances -- this is a

11 graphic depiction obviously of our -- of the

12 combined working capital and budget

13 stabilization fund balances, doesn't take into

14 account trust fund -- balances in trust funds.

15 And if you look at balances in trust funds,

16 Governor, the number far exceeds this number.

17 But what the -- what the rating analysts

18 look at is just simply budgetary flexibility

19 within the general fund. And so we have

20 charted --

21 GOVERNOR BUSH: If we --

22 MR. WATKINS: -- progression.

23 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- if we -- if the

24 Legislature authorized the use of other

25 reserves that are nestled away in varying nooks

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 45
November 27, 2001
1 and crannies of the budget, or the Comptroller

2 gave them that authority to borrow on those

3 additional reserves, would that change what the

4 rating agencies' thoughts would be?

5 If there -- if there was the same

6 flexibility with a trust fund as there would be

7 with the working capital fund?

8 MR. WATKINS: That would change their view

9 of the world in terms of how they measure this,

10 if it formalized the financial flexibility of

11 the State to tap other available trust fund

12 resources.

13 GOVERNOR BUSH: Because right now, we can't

14 tap the budget stabilization fund just for the

15 heck of it.

16 MR. WATKINS: Right.

17 GOVERNOR BUSH: So I'm not sure what the

18 specifications are for accessing it. But

19 there -- it's narrowly defined I think. It

20 isn't just an open access fund, is it?

21 MR. WATKINS: No, sir, it's not. And --

22 but that's a positive from the rating agency

23 standpoint, because what they view that as is a

24 structural reserve.

25 And, you know, you have to meet certain

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 46
November 27, 2001
1 triggers before the Legislature is authorized

2 to invade that reserve.

3 GOVERNOR BUSH: We don't get any credit for

4 the Endowment, the Chiles Endowment?

5 MR. WATKINS: No, sir.

6 COMMISSIONER CRIST: We should.

7 MR. WATKINS: Well, the -- what they're

8 looking at is legal constraints, and the

9 ability -- the Legislature has placed on

10 themselves in creating a trust fund.

11 In other words, by definition, it's -- it's

12 supposed to be off balance sheet in terms of

13 balancing the recurring budget.

14 And so if you utilize it, it -- it is

15 viewed by them as nonrecurring.

16 GOVERNOR BUSH: Right. I agree with that.

17 MR. WATKINS: Because you can't go back,

18 but --

19 GOVERNOR BUSH: I'm not saying you use it.

20 But it provides a -- an additional source of

21 revenue to meet current obligations that frees

22 up the pressure on the existing reserves.

23 MR. WATKINS: Right.

24 And rest assured, Governor, we -- we -- we

25 quantify it in point of --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 47
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: I didn't go up to New York

2 with you.

3 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: It's probably the --

4 something that ought to be looked at. The --

5 MR. WATKINS: Well --

6 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Well, it's --

7 you know, we -- we certainly are dealing very

8 carefully now with where you've got the fund,

9 with the stabilization fund in trying to make

10 sure that we help ourselves at the end of the

11 fiscal year.

12 But the -- we ought to -- ought to take a

13 look at it, the trust fund situation. And I

14 wouldn't do it in a hurry. I --

15 GOVERNOR BUSH: Next session.

16 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- I certainly would

17 consider it an -- an item that ought to be

18 looked at.

19 MR. WATKINS: Well, in addressing that,

20 Governor, rest assured that we quantify and

21 point out to the rating agencies that this is

22 not the whole picture, just looking at the

23 general fund; and that there are substantial

24 balances in trust funds that are available

25 should the Legislature choose to utilize those.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 48
November 27, 2001
1 And I guess all I'm telling you is that

2 only carries marginal weight with them, simply

3 because it requires a legislative act, and it's

4 nonrecurring.

5 But it is -- it is a -- it is a positive

6 from a ratings perspective, but they only give

7 it limited weight.

8 GOVERNOR BUSH: I'm surprised there was a

9 decrease --

10 (Secretary Harris entered the room.)

11 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- in -- this -- this was

12 for June 30th of this year?

13 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Yes.

14 MR. WATKINS: Correct.

15 GOVERNOR BUSH: What was the decrease?

16 Where did the --

17 MR. WATKINS: Taking down the balance in

18 the working capital fund.

19 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: It takes about

20 500 million.

21 GOVERNOR BUSH: Well, you -- on June 30th?

22 MR. WATKINS: June 30th, 2000.

23 GOVERNOR BUSH: Where did we take down

24 500 million? I mean, I -- we vetoed -- I

25 vetoed -- this is probably September, isn't it?

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 49
November 27, 2001
1 MR. WATKINS: It's actually June 30, 2001.

2 I'm sorry. I misspoke.

3 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Yeah. Last June.

4 It will bring the budget into balance.

5 Among other things, about 500 million coming

6 out of the working capital.

7 GOVERNOR BUSH: It was --

8 MR. WATKINS: Your -- your veto of about

9 300 million actually, you know, helped. If --

10 if not, the decrease in the working capital

11 fund would have been -- the decrease would have

12 been more, the balance would have been less --

13 GOVERNOR BUSH: Okay.

14 MR. WATKINS: -- than is -- than is

15 otherwise shown here. So we're -- we're

16 getting credit for the 325 million in -- in

17 the -- the veto message -- included --

18 GOVERNOR BUSH: Not all of that --

19 MR. WATKINS: -- in the veto message.

20 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- was cash -- was going to

21 the working capital.

22 MR. WATKINS: Right.

23 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: And some of that --

24 not to belabor this issue -- is concerning what

25 I have right now is what is -- need to look at,

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 50
November 27, 2001
1 but the stabilization fund, to move some of it

2 into the working capital fund because it is so

3 excessive.

4 And you lose then the real protection to --

5 to try to balance things at the end of the

6 year.

7 TREASURER GALLAGHER: We -- you know, the

8 Legislature also -- we talk about how much is

9 sitting in those trust funds. But there was

10 quite a bit taken out of those trust funds last

11 year to balance the budget also.

12 And moved over to general revenue.

13 Across-the-board, any excess dollars, they

14 pretty much grabbed what they could.

15 GOVERNOR BUSH: They didn't get it all.

16 TREASURER GALLAGHER: No. They didn't get

17 it all, but they took a good chunk from a lot

18 of trust funds.

19 MR. WATKINS: The increase in our reserves,

20 obviously due to the -- the constitutional and

21 mandated budget stabilization fund -- and the

22 Legislature may well use a portion of the

23 budget stabilization fund to balance the

24 budget.

25 But using money in the budget stabilization

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 51
November 27, 2001
1 fund only provides temporary relief from the

2 pain of the recurring budget cuts that are

3 necessary to balance the budget on a recurring

4 basis. And, in fact, any invasion of the

5 budget stabilization fund has to be repaid.

6 So it merely delays the pain associated

7 with making the recurring cuts necessary to

8 balance the budget.

9 Conclusions.

10 Florida's debt position has deteriorated

11 over last year's projection as measured by our

12 benchmark debt ratio. The increase in our debt

13 ratio is due to the decrease in estimated

14 revenues.

15 Our benchmark debt ratio is expected to

16 exceed our 6 percent target based on our

17 estimated issuance over the next ten years, and

18 our expected revenue collections.

19 There is no capacity available within the

20 6 percent target that has been established for

21 new programs. The additional debt capacity

22 within the 7 percent is best viewed as a

23 cushion against economic downturns, or as a

24 reserve, and not as an asset to be deployed

25 currently. And debt is -- continues to be

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 52
November 27, 2001
1 manageable at its current levels.

2 GOVERNOR BUSH: Any questions or comments?

3 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: One other quick

4 comment.

5 You know this 6 percent and 7 percent are

6 numbers that someone has just pulled out of

7 their hat really.

8 If you look at the other states with,

9 I think only one, maybe two exceptions, they're

10 all under 5 percent.

11 And when we first started this dialogue now

12 three or four years ago, talking about what the

13 debt limit ought to be, 5 percent is what we

14 originally talked about -- at least what I

15 talked about.

16 And -- and so don't -- you know, you really

17 can't take too much from the 6 percent,

18 7 percent relationship. We're there, and so

19 we've kind of got to live with it now.

20 And so it -- maybe it puts a little more

21 urgency on the importance of being concerned

22 about closing that gap to 7 percent. You know,

23 I think we're -- we get good ratings from

24 the -- from the street. But they're looking at

25 it. And so we need to be careful.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE 53
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: Good point, General.

2 Any other comments?

3 Thank you, Ben, for the excellent

4 presentation.

5 MR. WATKINS: Thank you.

6 GOVERNOR BUSH: Look forward to seeing the

7 Christmas present.

8 (The Division of Bond Finance Agenda was

9 concluded.)

10 * * *

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF LAW ENFORCEMENT 54
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: Florida Department of Law

2 Enforcement.

3 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Motion on the

4 minutes.

5 COMMISSIONER CRIST: Second.

6 GOVERNOR BUSH: Moved and seconded.

7 Without objection, it's approved.

8 Item 2.

9 MR. MOORE: Governor, Item 2 is our first

10 quarterly performance report for fiscal

11 2001-2002.

12 You will notice in that report, if -- if

13 you don't mind, a couple of things I'll point

14 out.

15 One, we had talked last agenda about our

16 emphasis and our effort on -- on improving our

17 turnaround time in our laboratory system,

18 particularly as it relates to our DNA cases.

19 You recall that we had a discussion, and

20 you approved transmission of a budget item to

21 help boost our capacity in that area.

22 We are getting close to meeting our -- our

23 turnaround time in DNA. We're not there just

24 yet. But I'm real proud of our effort in that

25 regard.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF LAW ENFORCEMENT 55
November 27, 2001
1 In fact, our DNA database this -- over this

2 quarter, we added 7,000 samples to that

3 database. We now have in excess of

4 100,000 samples. And that's continuing to --

5 to produce a lot of positive results for us.

6 In fact, the Department of Justice and the

7 FBI recognized our state DNA database during

8 this quarter as the most effective, most

9 productive in terms of searchable hits in the

10 country.

11 So we're making progress in that regard.

12 I'm optimistic that with continued efforts

13 of our men and women in that -- in that

14 discipline, coupled with the relief that I hope

15 we'll be able to get out of the legislative

16 session, we'll be well on mark in that

17 discipline.

18 And just for information, we've -- our

19 system processed just short of 20,000 exhibits

20 in criminal cases during this past quarter. So

21 we're continuing to make a lot of progress in

22 that area.

23 Our criminal investigations fell off just a

24 little bit in this quarter, and that's

25 understandable because of -- the last

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF LAW ENFORCEMENT 56
November 27, 2001
1 two weeks -- three weeks in September, we

2 redirected a lot of our effort.

3 But during this quarter, we still worked in

4 excess of 1254 criminal investigations. And

5 the number of new investigations we opened

6 again fell off just a bit.

7 But I think we'll be back to where we need

8 to be in short order in that regard.

9 GOVERNOR BUSH: Can you -- Tim, would it be

10 appropriate to talk -- to brief the Cabinet on

11 the -- the interviews that are going to start?

12 MR. MOORE: Governor, it would.

13 GOVERNOR BUSH: Thank you.

14 MR. MOORE: You recall that back earlier

15 this month, we communicated with Governor Ridge

16 and -- Director of Homeland Security, and

17 General Ashcroft, and Director Mueller of the

18 FBI about our interest in having a stronger

19 relationship, our interest in having more

20 involvement in a meaningful way on the events

21 post September the 11th.

22 In no way, was that any kind of indictment

23 of our good SACs for the FBI here in Florida,

24 nor any of our U.S. Attorneys. We've got an

25 excellent, outstanding relationship.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF LAW ENFORCEMENT 57
November 27, 2001
1 But it was, frankly, a -- a -- a hint to

2 the administrator -- to the Justice Department

3 administration and the FBI, that we would like

4 to see some things change a bit.

5 As a result, not solely as a result of that

6 letter, but as a result of several events, the

7 Attorney General, General Ashcroft,

8 communicated with all the U.S. Attorneys in the

9 country, in-- including the three that we have

10 here in Florida, shortly afterwards, and asked

11 that they involve State and local

12 law enforcement in the investigation of some

13 6,000-plus leads around the country, a little

14 more than 500 of which are here in Florida, of

15 individuals that are in America; and in this

16 case, in our state, on nonimmigrant visas.

17 They're -- they're visiting here on tourist

18 visas, on education visas, on work visas,

19 they're not seeking permanent status.

20 Let me be clear that these individuals that

21 we'll be talking to are not suspects in any

22 form or fashion. The interviews will be

23 consensual, they have the right to refuse to be

24 interviewed; they are non-custodial, so there's

25 no right -- no -- no waiver of right issue at

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF LAW ENFORCEMENT 58
November 27, 2001
1 all.

2 It's nothing more, frankly, than what we

3 would do in a neighborhood canvassing as a part

4 of any investigation. If a robbery occurs in

5 a -- in a particular part of a -- of a -- a

6 city, then all police officers routinely

7 canvass that neighborhood, and talk to anyone

8 who may know something about that crime.

9 That's ostensibly what's happening here.

10 These individuals were identified by the

11 Department of Justice, by a protocol that

12 they -- that they applied that was anchored,

13 in part, to individuals that were original

14 suspects, or individuals that were on the

15 expanded watch lists that we shared with --

16 with law enforcement throughout the country.

17 Anybody that might have known any of these

18 individuals, anyone that might have been

19 associated with them, anybody that might have

20 lived in an apartment complex where one of

21 these individuals lived, who might have been a

22 co-worker in a company with these individuals,

23 that was the protocol that was widely applied

24 to the list.

25 Again, as I said, we have some 500 in

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF LAW ENFORCEMENT 59
November 27, 2001
1 Florida that will be working with our regional

2 domestic security task forces, State and local

3 law enforcement.

4 And that's very important, because, again,

5 as the Governor said, leverage is what works

6 for us. In our state, it's local

7 law enforcement.

8 But we'll do that in a very organized way,

9 through our domestic security task forces, and

10 consistent with some very specific guidelines

11 that the Attorney General sent down via the

12 U.S. Attorneys for us to follow in the

13 interviews.

14 Those interviews -- the backgrounds on

15 those individuals was -- were completed over

16 the last two to three days, and the weekend,

17 and then yesterday and today, and the

18 interviews will begin today. And we hope to

19 have them completed no later than the second

20 week in December.

21 That information will then be provided back

22 to the U.S. Attorneys for transmission on up to

23 main justice, and the -- the national task

24 force that's working on this issue all the way

25 around.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF LAW ENFORCEMENT 60
November 27, 2001
1 The objective, two-fold: One, to -- to

2 make sure that anybody with any information out

3 there with bearing or merit on the

4 September 11th attack, we want to know who they

5 are, and get them factored into this -- this

6 overall investigation.

7 Two, we want to -- want to make sure that

8 if there's anybody out there that's aware of

9 any potential threat to domestic security,

10 either nationally or here in our state, that we

11 want to know about that.

12 So, again, that's how we're approaching

13 these interviews, and I -- Governor, I'm proud

14 of that. I -- I see that as progress, I see

15 that as a recognition of the fact in support of

16 the -- of the points that we made.

17 I thank you for your effort in that arena,

18 and I'm encouraged by -- by the level of

19 involvement and the improving of the

20 relationship in that area.

21 COMMISSIONER CRIST: Governor.

22 GOVERNOR BUSH: Yes.

23 COMMISSIONER CRIST: Can I ask a question?

24 GOVERNOR BUSH: Sure.

25 COMMISSIONER CRIST: Thank you.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF LAW ENFORCEMENT 61
November 27, 2001
1 So those have already ensued, is that

2 right, Commissioner?

3 MR. MOORE: The backgrounds of those

4 individuals are being completed as we speak,

5 and the interviews -- the consensual interviews

6 will begin today acrossed the state.

7 COMMISSIONER CRIST: And it could be as

8 many as 500?

9 MR. MOORE: It's in the area of 500 that we

10 have.

11 And to put that in perspective for you, to

12 make sure that we completely debunk this notion

13 that somehow we're -- we're picking out a -- a

14 certain class of individual, we have over

15 300,000 Arab American surnames in the state of

16 Florida that are in our state, over 300,000.

17 Well, that 546 or so, that represents less

18 than 3/10 of 1 percent of individuals that will

19 be asked to voluntarily provide information.

20 So --

21 COMMISSIONER CRIST: Thank you.

22 COMMISSIONER BRONSON: Governor --

23 GOVERNOR BUSH: Yes.

24 COMMISSIONER BRONSON: -- I -- I did want

25 to say that our department also has -- has

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF LAW ENFORCEMENT 62
November 27, 2001
1 worked with Commissioner Moore on a number of

2 issues where we have worked some investigations

3 together, and so forth.

4 And -- and to Mr. Gallagher down there, we

5 have stopped I don't know how many vehicles

6 that we have checked -- that we do all

7 vehicles, routinely of -- of rental vehicles,

8 and uncovered stolen tractors, $100,000 worth

9 of stolen boat motors, all types of stolen

10 equipment are being hauled -- Ma and Pa Kettle

11 aren't just hauling their worldly goods down

12 the highway, they're using these vehicles.

13 We were checking them for potential

14 explosives, and other uses that have been used

15 before.

16 And by doing that, we're uncovering a lot

17 of stolen equipment, stolen vehicles, doing

18 that at the interdiction stations, which is --

19 is kind of a side bar to what -- what our

20 mission really is.

21 But it's -- it's actually an improvement of

22 what we had going. And so I wanted to make

23 sure that you knew that they --

24 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Maybe we need to

25 assign some fraud investigators to sit there at

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF LAW ENFORCEMENT 63
November 27, 2001
1 the stops with you.

2 GOVERNOR BUSH: Any other comments?

3 Thank you, Tim.

4 MR. MOORE: Thank you, sir.

5 COMMISSIONER CRIST: He's very proactive,

6 Governor, and compliment the good effort.

7 (The Florida Department of Law Enforcement

8 Agenda was concluded.)

9 * * *

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF VETERANS' AFFAIRS 64
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: Department of

2 Veterans' Affairs.

3 MS. CARROLL: Good morning, Governor,

4 Cabinet members.

5 I would like to recommend acceptance of the

6 minutes of the September 11, 2001, Cabinet

7 meeting.

8 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Motion on the

9 minutes.

10 COMMISSIONER CRIST: Second.

11 COMMISSIONER BRONSON: Second.

12 GOVERNOR BUSH: Moved and seconded.

13 Without objection, it's approved.

14 MS. CARROLL: Item Number 2, recommend

15 acceptance of the Veterans' Affairs quarterly

16 report for the first quarter of 2001-2002

17 fiscal year.

18 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Motion.

19 COMMISSIONER CRIST: Second.

20 GOVERNOR BUSH: Moved and seconded.

21 Without objection, it's --

22 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Governor --

23 GOVERNOR BUSH: Yes.

24 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- a quick question.

25 Where do we stand on the -- I know we're --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF VETERANS' AFFAIRS 65
November 27, 2001
1 we're -- we're giving up one of the nursing

2 homes.

3 MS. CARROLL: No, we're not.

4 GOVERNOR BUSH: We're not yet.

5 MS. CARROLL: No. It's --

6 GOVERNOR BUSH: Not yet.

7 We've not begun to fight.

8 MS. CARROLL: Yesterday --

9 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Okay. So we're

10 not --

11 MS. CARROLL: -- the Senate removed it --

12 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Okay.

13 MS. CARROLL: -- from their recommendation

14 to have it --

15 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: We need --

16 MS. CARROLL: Absolutely.

17 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Outstanding.

18 GOVERNOR BUSH: That would -- that -- that

19 was a -- given the leverage that we get from

20 Washington, and just --

21 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Well, it didn't make

22 a lot of sense.

23 GOVERNOR BUSH: And timing-wise, it just --

24 you know, when we're at war, I just don't think

25 it makes much sense to defer a commitment

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF VETERANS' AFFAIRS 66
November 27, 2001
1 that -- it didn't make much sense.

2 Anyway, I think that --

3 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Well, I --

4 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- I think they've seen

5 the -- seen the --

6 MS. CARROLL: They saw the writing on the

7 wall.

8 GOVERNOR BUSH: Now, we still may -- just

9 because the Senate -- you know, they just

10 started. But we're -- we're hopeful that we've

11 made some significant --

12 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: We're making a

13 bloody fight out of it anyway. And --

14 MS. CARROLL: And to add to that --

15 GOVERNOR BUSH: Yeah.

16 MS. CARROLL: -- the dollars were -- were

17 approved last week by the VA to --

18 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Yeah. So the --

19 MS. CARROLL: -- get the --

20 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- Federal money

21 is --

22 MS. CARROLL: -- the Federal money is

23 there.

24 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: That is great news.

25 MS. CARROLL: You're welcome.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF VETERANS' AFFAIRS 67
November 27, 2001
1 Governor, I would like to update you and

2 the Cabinet with regards to our ceremony for

3 the World War II Memorial on December 7th,

4 which marks the 60th anniversary of the

5 attack -- attack on Pearl Harbor.

6 An exhibit will open at 10:00 o'clock at

7 the Museum of Florida's History, entitled

8 Florida Remembers World War II.

9 The Governor, Lieutenant Governor, Cabinet

10 members, agency heads, legislators, Florida

11 Veterans' Commission members, representatives

12 of veterans organizations, and other invited

13 guests will attend.

14 GOVERNOR BUSH: Secretary of State.

15 MS. CARROLL: Secretary of State will be

16 there. Of course. Her people have been very

17 instrumental in us getting this off the ground.

18 In addition to the exhibit opening, a

19 reception is being held at 11:00 o'clock in --

20 in the courtyard between the old and the new

21 Capitol buildings. Sonny's Barbecue will be

22 providing the food and the beverage. And we

23 have coordinated this with Capitol Police.

24 We'll have a number of artifacts, we have a

25 live satellite feed to media outlets throughout

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF VETERANS' AFFAIRS 68
November 27, 2001
1 the state so others who cannot make it to

2 Tallahassee will be able to see this great

3 historic event.

4 And the planners -- the -- the people that

5 we plan on -- on attending is anywhere from

6 four to five hundred in attendance, not

7 counting the individuals working at the

8 Capitol.

9 During the war, 16 million Americans served

10 in uniform, of which 248,000 were Floridians.

11 Today, we have over 600,000 World War II

12 veterans who claim Florida as their residence.

13 In addition to the veterans, thousands more

14 contribute to the war efforts at home, building

15 roads, military installations, and businesses

16 have made Florida what it is today.

17 Stating that the time has come for

18 Floridians to remember and honor the sacrifices

19 made by state's veterans, Governor Jeb Bush

20 signed the law providing for the creation of

21 Florida's World War II Memorial.

22 And the veterans around this state

23 thank you, Governor.

24 All contributors will be -- will have their

25 names also placed in a Book of Remembrance,

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF VETERANS' AFFAIRS 69
November 27, 2001
1 which will be a permanent part of the museum.

2 And a copy of the time line of -- of events

3 for December 7th is provided to you for your

4 review.

5 I will entertain any questions at this

6 time.

7 TREASURER GALLAGHER: I just want to

8 mention that we notified everybody in our

9 department that if they would like to

10 contribute to the memorial, they can. They

11 could use a credit card, they can do it any way

12 they want.

13 And I encourage those to -- other people in

14 the department.

15 MS. CARROLL: I'm glad you brought that up.

16 Because it is tax deductible. And corporate

17 contributions, individual contributions,

18 Cabinet member contributions are welcome.

19 GOVERNOR BUSH: Very well.

20 You may want to -- there are a few people

21 here for the last item on the agenda that might

22 want to help, too, even.

23 MS. CARROLL: Absolutely.

24 SECRETARY HARRIS: I just wanted to say,

25 we're really pleased about your fund-raising

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF VETERANS' AFFAIRS 70
November 27, 2001
1 efforts, the hundred and thirty-five

2 originally -- that you've raised a 135,000. I

3 know that you thought that might be longer in

4 coming.

5 We're excited because the Department's

6 actually fronted the money. We've never done

7 this before. We built it ourselves, so we're

8 looking --

9 GOVERNOR BUSH: Have they --

10 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- forward to that.

11 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- paid back?

12 SECRETARY HARRIS: Pardon me?

13 GOVERNOR BUSH: Have they paid you?

14 SECRETARY HARRIS: Not yet. But --

15 MS. CARROLL: Check's in the mail.

16 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- but the thing is,

17 Governor, the -- what I wanted to point out,

18 we're doing it on a -- on a project-by-project

19 basis. We'll complete the work, and then they

20 pay us. And we don't go to the next project

21 until we have that funding.

22 But the great thing about this is the

23 second project in line is the Florida

24 World War II Heritage Trail Guide.

25 And it's a 40-page color guide of sites and

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF VETERANS' AFFAIRS 71
November 27, 2001
1 individuals. But they found that through

2 heritage tourism -- and especially the time

3 right now when everybody's looking for what

4 matters most -- and -- and visiting these

5 heritage type themes, they found that tourists

6 spend anywhere from 20 to 38 percent more at a

7 heritage type of a site.

8 So that's the value-added opportunity for

9 the State of Florida, and for tourism.

10 And so as soon as we get the funding

11 finished on the -- on this -- this exhibit,

12 we'll be able to get started right away on that

13 guide. And we hope that that will

14 additionally -- that will give additional help

15 in terms of the economic stimulus package.

16 GOVERNOR BUSH: Excellent.

17 MS. CARROLL: Thank you.

18 GOVERNOR BUSH: Thank you.

19 MS. CARROLL: You're welcome, sir.

20 (The Department of Veterans' Affairs Agenda

21 was concluded.)

22 * * *

23

24

25

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE 72
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: Department of Revenue.

2 Dr. Z.

3 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Motion on the

4 minutes.

5 COMMISSIONER CRIST: Second.

6 GOVERNOR BUSH: Moved and seconded.

7 Without objection, it's approved.

8 Item 2.

9 DR. ZINGALE: Only -- the second item is

10 the only one on the agenda.

11 The Department respectfully requests

12 permission to adopt a final order in the case

13 of Deerbrooke, Inc., Investments. This is one

14 of those cruises to nowhere.

15 We had a 2 million dollar assessment. We

16 had a hearing in front of an Administrative Law

17 Judge that recommended in favor of the

18 Department.

19 This order will allow us to start, subject

20 to further appeal, the enforcement efforts.

21 The overall cruises to nowhere program at

22 one time was 20 million. We've reduced that

23 down to about 17.

24 This is one of the remaining ones that are

25 in the appeal process.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE 73
November 27, 2001
1 Request permission --

2 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Motion on 2.

3 DR. ZINGALE: -- to adopt the final order.

4 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: Second.

5 GOVERNOR BUSH: Moved and seconded.

6 Without objection, it's approved.

7 DR. ZINGALE: Just would like to recognize

8 two staff from Attorney Butterworth --

9 Attorney General Butterworth's staff:

10 Nick Bykowsky, John Arnette provided excellent

11 representation in -- in front of the hearings

12 presenting the Department's case. We really

13 appreciate their services.

14 Thank you.

15 GOVERNOR BUSH: Thank you.

16 (The Department of Revenue Agenda was

17 concluded.)

18 * * *

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION 74
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: The State Board of

2 Education.

3 MR. PIERSON: Good morning.

4 Item 1 is identification of five priority

5 location schools for the 2001-2002 school year.

6 GOVERNOR BUSH: Is there a motion?

7 COMMISSIONER CRIST: Motion.

8 COMMISSIONER BRONSON: Second.

9 GOVERNOR BUSH: Moved and seconded.

10 Without objection, it's approved.

11 MR. PIERSON: Item 2 is identification of

12 the critical teacher shortage areas. There

13 were two new areas being added this year:

14 Reading and school psychology.

15 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Motion.

16 COMMISSIONER CRIST: Motion.

17 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: Second.

18 GOVERNOR BUSH: There's a motion and a

19 second.

20 Are there any -- do we have speakers?

21 MR. PIERSON: We have staff if you'd like

22 some background.

23 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Speakers on that,

24 too.

25 GOVERNOR BUSH: I -- I'd like to know how

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION 75
November 27, 2001
1 we're -- how we're doing as -- just as it

2 relates to recruitment based on the

3 Legislature -- the Legislature's passage of the

4 law last year, and -- and how we're doing on

5 retention.

6 You know, there's the Department of

7 Education study that shows a hundred and

8 sixty -- a need for 160,000 teachers over a

9 ten-year period.

10 A fairly daunting number.

11 MR. PIERSON: This is Ron Burton from the

12 Department --

13 MR. BURTON: Ron Burton from the Department

14 of Education Teacher Recruitment.

15 Last year, we did start the -- the

16 recruitment website, TeachInFlorida.com.

17 There's a big major initiative to assist in

18 recruitment of teachers.

19 The site has made a great wealth of

20 movement as far as activity. Right now, they

21 have -- in one year, we have 5,000 resumes

22 on-line.

23 It's taking 600,000 -- almost 600,000 hits

24 last month alone, over 6 million hits. So it's

25 adding to the capability of teachers --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION 76
November 27, 2001
1 districts can post their vacancies, teachers

2 can post resumes, and search -- each can search

3 for the other: Teachers can search for

4 positions, districts can search for -- for

5 candidates.

6 So it's -- it's made a national visibility

7 to positions that the State has.

8 GOVERNOR BUSH: Did we find all the

9 teachers we needed for this year?

10 MR. BURTON: No, sir. We're still --

11 there's still a shortage out there. We did do

12 a preliminary survey trying to find out what

13 positions were still available recently.

14 Just -- and there were still some

15 shortages. Less than last year though. From

16 feedback from the districts, they had less

17 positions left of -- openings at the beginning

18 of the school year.

19 GOVERNOR BUSH: When will you have that

20 information?

21 MR. BURTON: We're -- we've -- we've

22 collected it, and recently submitted it.

23 We've -- have it available.

24 What we've -- what --

25 (Commissioner Bronson exited the room.)

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION 77
November 27, 2001
1 MR. BURTON: -- well, what we've collected

2 recently, we've -- crunching the numbers. We

3 haven't got it all added up yet.

4 GOVERNOR BUSH: When you get it, I'd like

5 to see it.

6 MR. BURTON: Yes, sir.

7 COMMISSIONER CRIST: Be a nice Christmas

8 present for the Governor.

9 MR. BURTON: Yes, sir.

10 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: A really quick

11 question, Governor.

12 GOVERNOR BUSH: Yes.

13 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: I -- I know that at

14 the same time that we are identifying reading

15 appropriately, I think as a critical concern,

16 that -- I know that we deleted the reading

17 specialist positions.

18 What kind of a plan to -- to get at this

19 reading challenge?

20 GOVERNOR BUSH: What -- what reading --

21 where were the reading specialists deleted?

22 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: As I understand it,

23 all of them have been deleted.

24 Patty?

25 MS. ROMIG: Most schools no longer hire

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION 78
November 27, 2001
1 reading specialists.

2 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Yeah. Don't hire

3 them.

4 GOVERNOR BUSH: Do you want to answer that?

5 I can -- I can give it a wing. I can --

6 MR. PIERSON: I -- actually, it's a -- it's

7 a local issue. I'm sure it's happening --

8 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Well, I'm not --

9 MR. PIERSON: -- because of the funding

10 issues --

11 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- it's not that I'm

12 not concerned about the -- the local issue or

13 the aspect.

14 But I -- I'd like to know, you know, this

15 is serious -- reading is probably our -- one of

16 our biggest shortfalls.

17 MR. PIERSON: Well, I don't think it's

18 something the Department would recommend --

19 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Is it --

20 MR. PIERSON: -- to the school district.

21 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: And I'd like to know

22 what -- what the plan is. Is there a plan to

23 get at this reading challenge?

24 GOVERNOR BUSH: I've got one.

25 COMMISSIONER CRIST: The Governor has --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION 79
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: Soon to be unveiled though.

2 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Oh, it's not ready

3 to be unveiled?

4 GOVERNOR BUSH: Well, we're working on it.

5 I signed an --

6 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Well --

7 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- executive order --

8 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- that's -- that's

9 good enough.

10 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- the Department to

11 work -- they've done incredible work,

12 Commissioner, to develop strategies.

13 One of the things we did find, which is why

14 I believe that the -- the reading, teachers are

15 going to be critical is we stop teaching

16 reading after the fourth grade, in essence.

17 And so we have -- the biggest challenge we

18 face in the FCAT, you can see it very

19 dramatically, is the 8th and 10th grade reading

20 are -- doesn't state -- doesn't continue at a

21 pace where we would expect it.

22 Very few high schools have actually

23 specified reading as a part of their

24 curriculum, and there are very few reading

25 teachers at the high school, and even middle

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION 80
November 27, 2001
1 school level.

2 So that's one of the -- one part of it

3 that -- that will require more teachers.

4 Now, as it relates to reading specialists,

5 I think --

6 (Commissioner Bronson entered the room.)

7 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: You know, I don't

8 want to get hung up on a reading specialist.

9 I'd just like to see -- and apparently you

10 have underway an effort to put something in

11 place that does, in fact, get at the reading

12 challenges.

13 GOVERNOR BUSH: Absolutely.

14 Correct -- to me, I agree with you, it is

15 one of the greatest challenges we face. And --

16 and it has to be started in early childhood

17 readiness programs, family literacy, and a

18 concentrated effort to -- to have a research

19 based reading plan that is -- that is statewide

20 and focused, but implemented at the local

21 level.

22 So -- I think by -- just the reading

23 specialist issue, I can -- I can tell you

24 what -- I don't know if there's anybody from

25 the school districts here.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION 81
November 27, 2001
1 But generally, when they're making their

2 assessments of where to cut back, they will try

3 to protect, as we've asked them to do,

4 classroom instruction. I hope.

5 That's the reason why they would cut back

6 in other areas.

7 And then hopefully this -- the economy

8 grows again, and the revenues come back on

9 stream, that these types of programs will be

10 refunded.

11 I'm guessing that. Would --

12 MR. PIERSON: Sounds good to me, sir.

13 MS. ELZIE: Well said.

14 GOVERNOR BUSH: Is that close enough?

15 Okay.

16 School psychologists, is that a big deal?

17 MR. PIERSON: Yes, sir.

18 GOVERNOR BUSH: We just don't have enough

19 of them?

20 MR. PIERSON: Yes, sir.

21 GOVERNOR BUSH: All right.

22 We have a -- a motion.

23 Have we already done the -- already moved

24 and seconded?

25 If we -- could I have the motion, please?

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION 82
November 27, 2001
1 COMMISSIONER BRONSON: Yes.

2 GOVERNOR BUSH: Is there a second?

3 COMMISSIONER CRIST: Second.

4 GOVERNOR BUSH: Moved and seconded.

5 Without objection, the item is approved.

6 MR. PIERSON: Pat Tor--

7 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Move to defer Items 3

8 and 4.

9 MR. PIERSON: Pat -- excuse -- excuse me.

10 Pat Tornillo has asked to speak on critical

11 teachers.

12 GOVERNOR BUSH: You're against the

13 deferral?

14 TREASURER GALLAGHER: No. He wants to

15 speak on --

16 MR. PIERSON: No. He -- he's asked to

17 speak on the item you just passed.

18 GOVERNOR BUSH: Oh, that's what I asked.

19 Mr. Tornillo, how are you doing?

20 MR. TORNILLO: Governor, members of the

21 Cabinet, with everything that's on your plate

22 since September 11th, and it is considerable, I

23 just wanted to make sure that this very

24 significant report does not fall through the

25 cracks. Ironically that we are meeting in our

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION 83
November 27, 2001
1 second special session as this report is

2 issued. And as -- and you're being asked to

3 work on it.

4 As you can see from the report, the only

5 thing that's happened since we were able to get

6 the report enacted by the 1983 Legislature is

7 that the list grows and grows and grows every

8 year.

9 If I remember correctly, that first year,

10 there were two positions that were listed as

11 critically shortage.

12 I think it is kind of ridiculous now to say

13 that -- even listing them. Practically every

14 category, and particularly math and science,

15 and the technical education areas are in

16 dire straits.

17 There were two things in the report that I

18 wanted to make sure that are not lost. First

19 is adding reading. And while it's commendable,

20 and should have happened probably the first

21 year that the report was ever issued in 1983,

22 it's not too late, because there's only one

23 thing that's really important, and that's to

24 teach a child to read. The teaching of it, and

25 the reading of it.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION 84
November 27, 2001
1 But that's -- really should take place

2 probably in birth -- from birth to five years

3 old. That is the most critical time when we

4 get them in kindergarten. That doesn't mean

5 that we still don't need reading teachers,

6 because we do.

7 The second is the National Professional

8 Standards Board. During this time of budget

9 cuts -- first I want to commend you, Governor,

10 for recognizing Florida's National Professional

11 Standards Boards recently, one of the best in

12 the nation in terms of numbers, and growing

13 every year.

14 There is no other incentive that can be

15 provided to make sure that a quality teacher is

16 in the classroom than the National Professional

17 Standards Board.

18 So I would urge Commissioner Crist and you

19 and Secretary of Education Horne, whose

20 legislation established our National

21 Professional Standards Board, to make sure that

22 that is not cut, because the long-term impact

23 over the next six years as the baby boomers --

24 boomers reach retirement, is going to be

25 incredible when you talk about -- if you read

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION 85
November 27, 2001
1 the report, you can pick out all of those

2 things that are going to be happening.

3 DROP, the retirement; the baby boomers

4 leaving, all of that in terms of shortages --

5 and there are two kinds of shortages.

6 One, there are shortages in numbers; the

7 second, as you've -- pick up in the report, are

8 shortages in quality.

9 That is, the number of teachers that

10 increasingly are hired, who are not qualified,

11 not certified to teach the subjects that

12 they're being put in to teach.

13 Because what the people of Florida need to

14 know, and particularly parents, is when you do

15 that, you hire a math teacher who's been

16 trained in social studies, and put them in a

17 math class, you, in effect, are putting a

18 teacher who is not qualified to teach math, to

19 teach math to children.

20 So the more significant feature of this

21 report is the quality feature. That's what the

22 National Professional Standards Boards is all

23 about, increasing the number of quality

24 teachers.

25 So I would simply urge you, because I

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION 86
November 27, 2001
1 didn't want the significance of this report and

2 its future significance lost during this time

3 when we're all trying to find ways to balance

4 the budget and everything, because there are

5 priorities, and then there are priorities.

6 This is one of the top priorities. So

7 again, I would urge you, and Secretary of

8 Education Horne and Commissioner Crist to urge

9 the legislation, this is not one of the areas

10 to cut.

11 Thank you very much.

12 GOVERNOR BUSH: Thank you, Mr. Tornillo.

13 In fact, I think we're on the right path

14 for next fiscal year to be number one in the

15 country in terms --

16 MR. TORNILLO: That is correct.

17 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- for more certified

18 teachers, which would be a -- a real

19 achievement.

20 I don't know what's happened in

21 North Carolina. Their budget cuts have been

22 even more severe than -- than ours -- many

23 states have, by the way. And they may have had

24 to cut theirs back.

25 But even without that, I think we're on a

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION 87
November 27, 2001
1 path to --

2 MR. TORNILLO: We are.

3 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- to come first, which

4 is -- it's always nice to be number one in

5 something positive.

6 Thank you.

7 COMMISSIONER CRIST: Governor, I want to

8 thank Mr. Tornillo for coming and speaking

9 today. He is a passionate, tenacious advocate

10 for education, as are you, Governor.

11 And keep up the good fight. We -- we need

12 your help this week.

13 Thank you.

14 MR. PIERSON: We recommend deferral of

15 Items 3 and 4 to the January 29 --

16 GOVERNOR BUSH: There's a motion --

17 MR. PIERSON: -- 2002, agenda.

18 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- to defer Items 3 and 4.

19 COMMISSIONER BRONSON: Second.

20 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: Second.

21 GOVERNOR BUSH: And second.

22 Without objection, the items are deferred.

23 Thank you.

24 Katherine, did you -- were you going to say

25 something?

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION 88
November 27, 2001
1 I'm sorry.

2 SECRETARY HARRIS: No.

3 (The State Board of Education Agenda was

4 concluded.)

5 * * *

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 89
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: Where are we?

2 Yes. We have a -- we have an honored guest

3 with us, from my hometown at least, and

4 Commissioner Gallagher's hometown, newly

5 elected Mayor of the City of Miami,

6 Mayor Diaz.

7 Welcome. It is a joy to have you here.

8 Congratulations on your victory.

9 (Applause.)

10 GOVERNOR BUSH: I think we're going to see

11 you down in Miami at some point next year.

12 We'll have our Cabinet meeting down there.

13 And prior to that, God willing, we'll also

14 have some kind of ceremony where we, at some

15 point, relatively soon I think we're going to

16 have the oversight function --

17 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Unfunctioning.

18 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- unfunctioning, which

19 will be a great -- great tribute to -- to the

20 City's hard work to get its financial house in

21 order. And the future looks bright for the

22 City under your leadership.

23 So we welcome you here.

24 MR. DIAZ: Thank you, sir.

25 GOVERNOR BUSH: Administration Commission.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 90
November 27, 2001
1 MS. TINKER: Good morning, Governor,

2 Cabinet members.

3 The first item is recommend approval of the

4 minutes of the August 14th, 2001, meeting.

5 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Motion on minutes.

6 COMMISSIONER CRIST: Second.

7 GOVERNOR BUSH: Moved and seconded.

8 Without objection, it's approved.

9 MS. TINKER: The second item, staff

10 recommends approval of proposed personnel rules

11 to implement the Service First legislation.

12 Secretary Cynth-- Cynthia Henderson from

13 the Department of Management Services is here

14 this morning to present the rules, and respond

15 to any questions you might have.

16 Secretary?

17 GOVERNOR BUSH: Do we have additional

18 speakers as well?

19 MS. TINKER: I think we have one -- one

20 speaker.

21 MS. HENDERSON: Hi. It's a pleasure to be

22 here.

23 I guess it's still good morning, everyone.

24 We are pleased to bring before you some

25 significant proposed changes to the rules.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 91
November 27, 2001
1 We believe they are vastly streamlined and

2 simplified. We go from a huge book down to

3 probably about a quarter of the rules.

4 And one of our primary focuses was really

5 to delegate to the agencies more control over

6 their management of their personnel within

7 their agencies, and have the State get out of

8 the micromanagement, the Department of

9 Management Services in doing that.

10 As you may recall, last session,

11 Senate Bill 466 was signed into law, and it

12 implemented the Service First Rule.

13 In that bill, it repeated -- it has a

14 provision that repeals all rules dealing with

15 Chapter 110 on January 1st, 2002.

16 So we are here before you in a timely

17 manner in order to get new rules in place prior

18 to the old rules being repealed.

19 This was a very, very critical portion of

20 that bill, for a couple of reasons. One, the

21 current rules are inconsistent, and sometimes

22 it can be difficult to go through rule repeals

23 on an otherwise basis with a lot of objections.

24 But more importantly, when we looked at

25 doing service first, we talked with a number of

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 92
November 27, 2001
1 agency heads from the past, and personnel

2 people. And they said that changes that have

3 been made in the career service laws before

4 have basically become ineffective because of

5 the rules that were in place, that had been

6 built over the years.

7 So what we hope to do is to come up with a

8 fresh new approach to our personnel process.

9 May I take a moment and thank my staff?

10 I have the greatest staff in the world, as

11 I always tell the Governor. Fred Springer,

12 Fran Brooks, Chris Kimmons, and

13 Cindi Marsiglio, they are the best.

14 They have spent an incredible amount of

15 time, as has your personnel officers and your

16 Cabinet Aides. We have spent over seven months

17 developing this rule.

18 We had the steering committee and work

19 groups established for five different

20 components of the Service First bill that have

21 been working on this.

22 One of the ones was specifically for the

23 rules. We have a Career Service Advisory

24 Group, two members of which were appointed by

25 the Governor, and one by the Senate President,

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 93
November 27, 2001
1 and there was a vacant position by the House

2 that have been sent the rules, and provided us

3 some wonderful comments.

4 We have significant private sector

5 involvement. We have over 30 companies listed

6 here, in addition to the Blue Ridge Conference,

7 which are the top personnel directors from the

8 southeast that we have met with, the

9 Council of 100. We have one speaker from there

10 today, Martin Gutfreund, who has been an

11 incredible help to giving us good direction,

12 good guidance, and good focus on the rules.

13 We have had weekly personnel meetings since

14 the summer with all the personnel officers. In

15 addition, we've had over 26 hours of workshops

16 and meetings on the different rules.

17 We have an e-mail site that has been up and

18 running giving us comments.

19 Thanks to Fran Brooks for manning all of

20 those. We have myflorida.com links that have

21 given the information where we have posted each

22 and every rule change that's come up. And we

23 have noticed them continually in the Florida

24 Administrative Weekly as we've gotten good,

25 constructive input from all the different

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 94
November 27, 2001
1 agencies.

2 It's been quite an evolving process, with a

3 lot of input. And we really, really appreciate

4 every -- everybody's help, good direction and

5 guidance.

6 I'm going to quickly go through each of the

7 rules, if that's okay.

8 The first one is definitions. We have one

9 rule with necessary definitions, just a handful

10 of them, versus having definitions throughout

11 all the different rules where you'd have to

12 flip back and forth.

13 We have simplified them, narrowed them.

14 In fact, we have deleted things. The one

15 example I think is funny was where we used to

16 delete add -- we used to define add and delete.

17 And so all of those different kind of

18 definitions are gone.

19 We have -- the next rule is the personnel

20 programs and records, which we believe will

21 provide no disruption to the current agency

22 practices.

23 We have added in there the anticipated

24 transition to electronic records, and to the

25 human resource outsourcing.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 95
November 27, 2001
1 We have the classifications, which inserts

2 of a word some may not be familiar with. It's

3 called broadbanding. And broadbanding is

4 basically classification and compensation

5 system. It provides much flexibility for pay

6 for performance.

7 The -- broadbanding allows you, rather than

8 promote people into managerial positions, which

9 otherwise weren't maybe a good manager, just in

10 order to give additional compensation,

11 broadbanding allows them to stay in that

12 position, but go through higher levels for pay.

13 So we have found that very desirous in,

14 for example, the nursing careers that are out

15 there.

16 We are going to go from over 3300 different

17 classes, to less than 300. I'll give you a

18 good example.

19 We have 40 classes of lawyers, judges, and

20 legal assistants that account for 2,000

21 positions. We are going to go down to two

22 family -- one family called legal, with two

23 occupations: Lawyers and judges as one, and

24 legal support as the other.

25 So that gives you an example of going down

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 96
November 27, 2001
1 from 2,000 to basically two, in those different

2 areas.

3 So we think that will be helpful for

4 personnel officers. It gets a lot -- rid of a

5 lot of the paperwork that you just have to keep

6 creating for moving people to give them

7 additional responsibilities.

8 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- for employees, too.

9 They -- they can stay in the jobs and be

10 paid --

11 Salud.

12 -- they can stay in the jobs, and be paid

13 for their -- for their work, rather than feel

14 compelled to be promoted to get higher wages

15 into -- into something they may not want to do,

16 or they may not be particularly well qualified

17 to do.

18 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: Is that true

19 with lawyers, because they --

20 GOVERNOR BUSH: Well, the lawyers and

21 judges.

22 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: Well, not

23 a -- a lawyer sometimes becomes a manager

24 you -- you have a defense litigator, the only

25 way to increase the salary is to become a

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 97
November 27, 2001
1 manager.

2 So you end up with a lousy manager and

3 another lousy litigant --

4 GOVERNOR BUSH: A judge --

5 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: Or a judge.

6 Where it really --

7 But that's excellent, Cynthia. I think

8 that's going to help all the -- help to manage

9 lawyers, and help us a lot.

10 MS. HENDERSON: Thank you. We're excited

11 about it.

12 The next one is compensation of benefits.

13 It increases the agency's ability to attract

14 and retain more talented employees.

15 The Department of Management Services gets

16 out of the micromanaging of the different

17 salaries. And it also allows the agencies to

18 work with their employees if they -- if the

19 employees decide they want a reduction in

20 salary in lieu of a work force reduction, it

21 does give the agencies that flexibility.

22 The next ones are appointments and status.

23 And this defers entirely to the statute on

24 recruitment and selection of employees. And

25 the statute does significantly streamline the

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 98
November 27, 2001
1 hiring process.

2 It implements legislative changes to

3 eliminate class based probation, and it

4 requires new employees to serve probation.

5 It -- the statute now provides for a

6 one-year probationary period for all employees.

7 It implements changes to the work force

8 reduction proc-- process, which are the

9 transition plans that all of your personnel

10 officers have worked so well with us on.

11 And if I could, for a minute, just plug the

12 Governor on how he has given so much guidance

13 to this process. We have had, since we started

14 the transition plans, with the legislative

15 position cuts, over 4,000 positions cut.

16 In Leon County, we now just have two people

17 that are still needing assistance for

18 placement. And with -- I think that's shown in

19 the example of the work -- unemployment rates

20 in Leon County being one of the top three

21 lowest in the state of Florida.

22 And I think that has been done in --

23 because of the -- Governorships -- Governor's

24 leadership, and because of all of your agencies

25 working so hard on making sure that people are

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 99
November 27, 2001
1 put into positions before they end up losing a

2 job. So we think that has been great.

3 The policy issue in this particular rule

4 dealt with the involuntary transfer where

5 employees are involuntarily moved from one

6 agency to another.

7 And the rule does keep their -- they have

8 probationary status unless the Legislature

9 decides otherwise for involuntary transfer. So

10 it does address that issue, based on the

11 language that we received from the Secretary of

12 State.

13 SECRETARY HARRIS: Thank you.

14 I did have one question on this. But first

15 of all, I want to commend you on what must have

16 been an extraordinary effort.

17 You've done an excellent job, and I know

18 you -- I know that Council of 100 and others

19 have really given as much their support.

20 And -- and the Governor as well.

21 So I really think this is something

22 important, and I really commend you for really

23 digging into the -- the tough issue.

24 I have one -- one question on that.

25 And as we're going to broadbanding and --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 100
November 27, 2001
1 and implementing that, occupational level is

2 not defined -- defined yet.

3 So I'm concerned whenever you're saying

4 that upon original appointment, promotion, or

5 demotion --

6 MS. HENDERSON: Uh-hum.

7 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- that it's a different

8 occupational level whenever you're trying to

9 talk about probationer status, occupational

10 level is -- is not defined yet. It's just a

11 matter of making sure that you do that by rule.

12 And I know you can't change it, because you

13 have to notice it. But I have just three

14 technical kind of concerns about these rules.

15 Will you be able to address that, to

16 actually define occupational level?

17 MS. HENDERSON: Yes. We feel like we can

18 do it just based on interpretations. We've

19 talked with a number of the personnel offices,

20 and really classification level into the new

21 broadbanding is the same as the classification

22 today.

23 So we believe the interpretation could be

24 done today, and have talked with a number of

25 personnel officers to make sure they were

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 101
November 27, 2001
1 comfortable with keeping that interpretation

2 for today.

3 Because everybody understands where we are

4 with the broadbanding. We're hoping not to

5 have to wait till July to do that.

6 But if there's questions in the meantime,

7 we do feel comfortable giving guidance on that

8 particular issue.

9 And, of course, if there is a particular

10 situation that comes up, we can always come

11 back to the Board on that particular issue.

12 But we have gone round and round, and it's

13 the question of, do you just keep amending the

14 rules as you go on to do all situations, or do

15 we do something that is common practice

16 interpretive today, as, you know, there's just

17 a change. It's occupational level versus

18 classifications.

19 SECRETARY HARRIS: I'm just concerned that

20 it was so ambiguous, if someone was moving --

21 moving from, for example, clerk to

22 administrative assistance, would you be able

23 to -- to justify that -- a challenge to that,

24 because it's kind of ambiguous, since you have

25 not defined occupational level.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 102
November 27, 2001
1 MS. HENDERSON: Well, we believe the

2 interpretation, if you're given more additional

3 responsibilities, more duties, all of those

4 sorts of things, that you would be coming to

5 the probationary status.

6 And -- so we feel --

7 SECRETARY HARRIS: Actually --

8 MS. HENDERSON: -- comfortable.

9 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- as you look to make

10 amendments, maybe that's just one thing you

11 could look to --

12 MS. HENDERSON: Absolutely.

13 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- try to define.

14 MS. HENDERSON: Absolutely.

15 GOVERNOR BUSH: Commissioner Bronson.

16 COMMISSIONER BRONSON: Governor, members,

17 one of the things that I had talked to the

18 Secretary about yesterday is, when it comes to

19 the performance standards and -- and especially

20 the disciplinary standards where the term is

21 used there, coming up with something that's --

22 that's used more in business, which is the

23 minimum standard of compliance for that

24 particular position, as compared to if someone

25 is less than the minimum, we have to be able to

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 103
November 27, 2001
1 substantiate between the just getting by

2 standard, and something less than that that --

3 that could be substantiated.

4 Because, otherwise there is no

5 substantiation level once you get to that

6 lowest level.

7 And I -- I think in fairness -- in fairness

8 to employees, and in fairness to the different

9 agencies that are going to have to handle these

10 as time goes on, we need to -- we may need a

11 little broader standard there that would be

12 acceptable by everybody concerned as to what is

13 the very minimum, to comply with doing that

14 particular job, and what is less than minimum.

15 Of course, whatever's greater than minimum

16 can be dealt with.

17 But the question is: What is the very

18 minimum, and what is less than minimum to -- to

19 comply with doing that particular job?

20 And that's -- that's -- that was one of the

21 issues I brought up yesterday is how do we term

22 that -- that particular -- the very minimum and

23 what is less than minimum?

24 GOVERNOR BUSH: Should we -- is that --

25 that's later -- that's another rule, isn't it?

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 104
November 27, 2001
1 MS. HENDERSON: But that is a great example

2 of what we're going to be able to do under our

3 new systems, and the new career pathing that

4 we're talking about coming up with.

5 The steering committee has worked on a

6 format for the way to gear employee

7 expectations. One of the things that we're

8 lacking right now -- and we talked with -- the

9 Legislature told -- gave us much feedback in

10 discussing Service First is the fact that

11 employees aren't really sure of what their

12 expectations -- the expectations are placed

13 upon them.

14 What we have in this new forum is very

15 clear performance measures that must be done by

16 the employees, and they are negotiated,

17 understood, and discussed with your supervisor

18 as you do your evaluations.

19 So today they have very generic, you know,

20 long forms, not very useful from the

21 7,000 e-mails we got during Service First,

22 their biggest concern was the evaluations.

23 Under our new format, which was developed

24 by Pam Pfiefer in the Office of Policy and

25 Budget, it's a great format, which will be

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 105
November 27, 2001
1 given as a guide to everyone, very clear

2 expectations of performance that are negotiated

3 and signed off between the employee and their

4 supervisor.

5 It ties it into bonuses, they know if I --

6 if I exceed and I go well above, how far do I

7 have to go above in order to get a bonus.

8 It makes it a much better way to kind of

9 have a buy-in from an employee -- employee

10 retention, clear expectations from everyone.

11 SECRETARY HARRIS: Can I ask you a question

12 on that --

13 MS. HENDERSON: Sure.

14 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- it was -- I was going

15 to hold the question till later. But it

16 directly relates to something you just said.

17 In terms of the career pathing and the --

18 the bonuses that -- that they can achieve --

19 MS. HENDERSON: Uh-hum.

20 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- I guess one of my

21 concerns is, when you're looking at career

22 pathing, and you're talking about the -- the

23 lump sum in terms of performance evaluations,

24 when you haven't clearly defined what the

25 guidelines are on career pathing, and you're

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 106
November 27, 2001
1 going to be able to give lump sums based on

2 performance guidelines, I guess my concern is

3 your -- OPB is going to be in charge of

4 evaluating the career -- the agency's career

5 pathing system; is that correct?

6 MS. HENDERSON: They have a monitoring

7 system to look at the pathing system that's

8 created, which they actually give the guidance.

9 The rule -- the rule specifically --

10 specifically provides -- I could read it for

11 you, or you can -- I can just show you where it

12 is -- what the system provides. It has to have

13 an evaluation of employees, it has to have the

14 career pathing --

15 SECRETARY HARRIS: The career assessment

16 and --

17 MS. HENDERSON: Right.

18 With --

19 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- and actual career

20 development.

21 MS. HENDERSON: The mission -- it has the

22 mission of the work unit, and the agency. So

23 it has to clearly just show what those

24 connections are.

25 And the legislative staff have asked that

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 107
November 27, 2001
1 those be tied into the performance measures

2 that are adopted in their budgets, which is why

3 they want OPB involved, because they want it

4 all tied in to the performance expectations and

5 all of those sorts of things.

6 And those plans contain the specific

7 expectations and standards based on the duty.

8 And it goes through and gives those examples.

9 It has to show the training opportunities.

10 And then that system is given to OPB, and

11 then OPB basically approves the system, and

12 then they just monitor it after that point.

13 SECRETARY HARRIS: OPB does-- the staff at

14 OPB's principally concerned about budget. And

15 the lump sum, you know, you directly relate it

16 to performance evaluations.

17 I guess my concern is with the -- when it's

18 moving to OPB -- OPB rather than DMS --

19 MS. HENDERSON: Uh-hum.

20 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- is that they'll have

21 the staff that will be able to properly

22 evaluate the kind of career development and

23 career assessment that they're going to have to

24 judge as well.

25 It seems like that's really mixing

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 108
November 27, 2001
1 responsibilities. Are they going to have the

2 staff and the -- the skill set to be able to do

3 that as well? Because they haven't had to do

4 those career types of things, it's been mainly

5 budgets.

6 MS. HENDERSON: Correct.

7 And we think that the budget and the career

8 pathing are inex-- inextricably tied together.

9 Because when you look at your budgeting for the

10 year, the Legislature's very concerned with how

11 much are you spending on training, what kind of

12 training --

13 SECRETARY HARRIS: So you --

14 MS. HENDERSON: -- are we doing --

15 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- guys won't have

16 that --

17 MS. HENDERSON: -- apprec--

18 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- evaluation rule

19 anymore? It'll just be --

20 MS. HENDERSON: No.

21 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- OPB?

22 MS. HENDERSON: We -- we don't have the

23 approval role.

24 But what we do serve is the staff, so to

25 speak, for OPB for gathering all the training

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 109
November 27, 2001
1 plans. There are the policies and the forms

2 again that each agency will be receiving upon

3 approval of the rule, which sets forth various

4 parts to the career pathing. One are the

5 expectations of the employee, one are the

6 training needs, one are the different

7 performance objectives.

8 There's a -- different forms that are

9 linked together. They're submitted through a

10 process for DMS for kind of gathering. We put

11 it all together --

12 SECRETARY HARRIS: Could you answer my --

13 MS. HENDERSON: -- with the --

14 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- question?

15 If OPB has the -- the staff -- I mean, in

16 the past, they've had the -- the budget staff.

17 Are they going to have the additional staff to

18 be able to -- to just -- to judge the career

19 assessments and -- and career developments?

20 MS. HENDERSON: They do. What -- actually

21 they use us as their staff.

22 SECRETARY HARRIS: Okay. That's --

23 MS. HENDERSON: We serve --

24 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- what --

25 MS. HENDERSON: -- as their staff. Yes.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 110
November 27, 2001
1 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- my question.

2 MS. HENDERSON: I'm sorry. We serve as

3 their staff.

4 GOVERNOR BUSH: Yeah.

5 I think the intent here is just to make

6 sure that --

7 MS. HENDERSON: There's --

8 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- that there's --

9 MS. HENDERSON: -- that there's --

10 SECRETARY HARRIS: Communication.

11 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- between --

12 MS. HENDERSON: -- one approval.

13 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- performance, how you

14 assess it, and the budget.

15 Because a lot of this now, we're moving to

16 a performance oriented system where some of the

17 monies will be given out in the form of

18 bonuses.

19 I guess we don't want to spend more money

20 than -- than we have --

21 SECRETARY HARRIS: That was my concern.

22 If it's just going to be strictly

23 budgetary, but then if the staff, indeed, was

24 there, they would be able to --

25 GOVERNOR BUSH: Yeah. We're going to --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 111
November 27, 2001
1 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- do those assessments.

2 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- agree on the personnel

3 office, and the OPB that I'm aware of.

4 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Let --

5 MS. HENDERSON: No.

6 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- let me -- if I

7 may, too, because I -- I share the -- the

8 concern.

9 First I -- I would like to compliment the

10 Secretary and her staff, and all of the

11 personnel staff for working so hard on trying

12 to resolve this -- this challenge. And it has

13 been a challenge, and they've done a very good

14 job.

15 But this one issue of career pathing has

16 kind of blossomed here in the past week or so,

17 and has changed its character quite a bit, as I

18 read the -- that particular Chapter 60L-35.

19 And I -- I think, frankly, it needs some

20 more staff work. I think there are some things

21 in there that are not clear.

22 What is the authority of OPB, for example?

23 Are they going to tell me how I am to counsel

24 my employees on their career path? That's the

25 implication.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 112
November 27, 2001
1 I -- I think it needs some work.

2 And I -- I guess my question first is: Can

3 we approve this rule and defer a portion of the

4 rule to the next Cabinet meeting, which I think

5 is the 18th of December, and use that period of

6 time to try to -- to square away what I think

7 is a -- is an area that needs concern and --

8 and that's in the career path.

9 GOVERNOR BUSH: I don't know what the

10 legal -- do we have to notice -- isn't there a

11 rule notice process?

12 MS. HENDERSON: There -- rule notice

13 process. It's not a --

14 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: We've gone

15 through --

16 MS. HENDERSON: -- legal problem.

17 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- the process.

18 MS. HENDERSON: There's not a legal

19 problem.

20 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: There is -- there is

21 a challenge I think with the rule noticing to

22 deal with any changes to the career pathing

23 chapter that would have to be noticed, I

24 presume.

25 GOVERNOR BUSH: But you don't have to go

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 113
November 27, 2001
1 through the same -- we've already gone

2 through --

3 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: For that one

4 chapter, yeah.

5 MS. HENDERSON: We'll have to publish it

6 and then give a 21-day notice for opportunity

7 for input and comment, which we've had to do

8 with each of the changes.

9 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Sure.

10 MS. HENDERSON: What we went ahead and did

11 is schedule the workshop in --

12 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: So we could --

13 MS. HENDERSON: -- anticipation --

14 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- in fact -- we

15 could, in fact, do it for that --

16 MS. HENDERSON: Right.

17 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- particular

18 chapter, and meet the criteria.

19 MS. HENDERSON: With all due respect, we

20 have spent a ton of time working with staff,

21 and we have gone --

22 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Well, with all --

23 MS. HENDERSON: -- a long way --

24 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- due respect --

25 with all due respect, I -- I have read this

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 114
November 27, 2001
1 several times now, this particular chapter, and

2 I do not believe that I am in a position to say

3 I agree with the integrated processes for

4 career assessment performance appraisal and

5 career development, and identified critical or

6 high priority, and then submit them for

7 approval to OPB.

8 That is not what I think is appropriate,

9 and I think acceptable.

10 And I think it needs to be fixed.

11 And I will not agree with the rule until

12 that is addressed, and taken care of properly.

13 Now, we can do it in toto, or we can take a

14 little piece of that chapter and pull it out

15 and address it.

16 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: Governor, if

17 we took out -- out those two words, for

18 approval, would that work?

19 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Well, I -- I'd have

20 less -- I'd have less trouble with it --

21 submitting it to the Governor for approval. I

22 don't have any problem with that.

23 GOVERNOR BUSH: So what's the difference?

24 TREASURER GALLAGHER: It's the same place.

25 GOVERNOR BUSH: OPB. Isn't that -- isn't

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 115
November 27, 2001
1 that our office?

2 TREASURER GALLAGHER: It's the Governor's

3 office.

4 MS. HENDERSON: I can make that change.

5 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Well, I would prefer

6 to submit it to the Governor.

7 MS. HENDERSON: Okay.

8 GOVERNOR BUSH: That's fine.

9 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Making that change is

10 easy.

11 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: Well, but --

12 TREASURER GALLAGHER: It may not be in the

13 statute, and the -- you have a statutory

14 problem because --

15 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Yes.

16 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- in the statute, it

17 says it goes to OPB. So I mean --

18 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: It goes --

19 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- I guess to his

20 office.

21 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- it goes to OPB

22 for the -- for the performance --

23 MS. HENDERSON: Bonuses. Bonuses.

24 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Bonuses.

25 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Right.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 116
November 27, 2001
1 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: And I -- and I don't

2 have any problem with that.

3 I'm talking about the -- the criteria that

4 I will use for counseling my people for their

5 growth and their professional development.

6 I'm talking about the training programs

7 that I put in place for their development

8 and -- and their future professional

9 experiences. This -- this -- this career

10 pathing started out as a bonus, and it's gone

11 beyond that.

12 GOVERNOR BUSH: How does the -- what does

13 the statute say as it relates to the role of

14 OPB? Is it focused on the bonus exclusively,

15 or --

16 MS. HENDERSON: It has -- it has part of it

17 going to OPB for approval of the -- approval of

18 the bonuses, and that's for the lump sum

19 bonus --

20 GOVERNOR BUSH: Right.

21 MS. HENDERSON: -- and it's for the --

22 making sure more -- no more than 35 percent get

23 bonuses --

24 GOVERNOR BUSH: Right.

25 MS. HENDERSON: -- making sure you have

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 117
November 27, 2001
1 40 percent peer input.

2 GOVERNOR BUSH: What about the --

3 MS. HENDERSON: The other part -- the

4 training part goes to for DMS for review and

5 approval.

6 And what we were trying to do is to

7 consolidate it into one, since we believe that

8 they are all tied together, and, in fact, the

9 evaluation forms will be all tied together.

10 So we will take your guidance on this

11 issue. It's -- we were just trying to make it

12 simp-- more simple for agencies to only go to

13 one place, versus two.

14 But we'll be glad to -- I think with the

15 Governor, you accomplish the same thing.

16 TREASURER GALLAGHER: My guess is that

17 you'd have the same complaint sending it to

18 DMS, as you would to --

19 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: No.

20 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- OPB.

21 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: There's quite a bit

22 of different relationship if you look at the

23 way we handle training today and professional

24 development and so forth.

25 I'm quite happy to take --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 118
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: Do you want --

2 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- whatever

3 guidelines are provided.

4 But I am the leader of an organization, and

5 I expect the leadership in organizations to

6 carry out their directions, and not to be

7 micromanaged.

8 We're building more bureaucracy. We're

9 trying to get away from it. I applaud --

10 applaud what we're trying to do to get away

11 from it. And then we turn around and start

12 building again.

13 GOVERNOR BUSH: That's not the intent.

14 So --

15 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Well, I know it's

16 not the intent.

17 GOVERNOR BUSH: You're -- you're -- it's --

18 it's the adversarial relationship OPB has with

19 all agencies, given the fact that --

20 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: No --

21 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- they're the keeper of

22 the budget I guess that creates --

23 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: No --

24 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- this problem.

25 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- on the contrary.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 119
November 27, 2001
1 I -- I hope we have a very good relationship

2 with OPB. I just --

3 GOVERNOR BUSH: It's a -- certainly.

4 But I mean it's a natural adversarial

5 relationship, and -- and your concern would be

6 that your philosophy requires investment --

7 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Well, you know --

8 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- of resources --

9 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- in -- in many

10 respects, it goes much deeper than this.

11 MS. HENDERSON: That's what I was --

12 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: You know, we -- we

13 used to have a -- a fairly decent, although

14 small, awards program. And as leaders, you had

15 a chance to recognize somebody who -- who did a

16 good job, and you can give them a couple

17 hundred bucks, and -- and say thank you very

18 much, and -- and they appreciated it.

19 And we had an opportunity to use that half

20 of 1 percent of our salaries to do a little bit

21 of bonus work. And that -- those are all gone.

22 And now we're left with a -- with a -- with

23 a bonus program that at the end of the year,

24 you submit it to somebody else who says, yeah,

25 okay, we'll approve it or not approve it.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 120
November 27, 2001
1 You know, as leaders, we have no

2 flexibility to recognize people anymore. And

3 so that's --

4 MS. HENDERSON: We can do without that --

5 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- that's part --

6 MS. HENDERSON: -- paragraph 4.

7 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- of my concern

8 here.

9 GOVERNOR BUSH: That -- that I would --

10 they're -- we're moving exactly towards being

11 able to allow you to reward more people.

12 In fact, the only thing that OPB would be

13 concerned about again is making sure that

14 X percent of the people are -- are being

15 bonused -- or no more than X percent -- I guess

16 35.

17 Is that right?

18 MS. HENDERSON: Thirty-five percent.

19 GOVERNOR BUSH: And -- and -- because we

20 have a budget issue, because we're going to --

21 at least during my tenure as Governor -- we're

22 going to submit to the Legislature budgets that

23 include significant sums of money to reward

24 employees. Much more than --

25 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Well --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 121
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- than -- now 100 bucks.

2 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Well, I certainly

3 have been trying to do it for years, and

4 haven't gotten there yet.

5 GOVERNOR BUSH: We just did it in this

6 budget, and we're going to keep doing it.

7 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: I have less

8 flexibility today than I had last year. I have

9 less flexibility to go and recognize employees

10 today than I did last year.

11 GOVERNOR BUSH: You have more money to do

12 it though.

13 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: I've got more money

14 to do it, but -- maybe if -- if OPB approves

15 it.

16 I -- I -- again, I don't want to get off

17 the --

18 GOVERNOR BUSH: I'm confident they'll

19 approve.

20 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- on a different

21 tangent here.

22 Just let me say that this career pathing

23 was put together in the last hour -- the

24 eleventh hour. I think it has some weaknesses,

25 and I think it -- they need to be addressed.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 122
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: Okay. Cynthia, do you have

2 any suggestions on how we can do this to comply

3 with the law?

4 MS. HENDERSON: I do, sir.

5 To del-- just delete paragraph --

6 subparagraph (4), that he's talking about.

7 60L-35.001(4), we'll just take that approval

8 and seek guidance through the statute. And

9 that will clarify his.

10 And then we can continue to work on maybe

11 putting in some additional language that makes

12 everybody feel a little bit more comfortable,

13 and we'll come back to you on that issue as we

14 have further changes.

15 SECRETARY HARRIS: The statute just says

16 OPB, doesn't it?

17 MS. HENDERSON: For the bonus money.

18 SECRETARY HARRIS: For the bonuses.

19 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: For the bonuses.

20 MS. HENDERSON: Yes, ma'am.

21 But it addresses his issue with the

22 career pathing, and we can continue to work on

23 that.

24 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: I -- I guess,

25 you know, you can always make a quick fix here,

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 123
November 27, 2001
1 and say, oh, that does the job.

2 But that isn't the way we ought to be doing

3 business. There are the concerns about this.

4 I heard the Secretary of State express them,

5 I think others may have concerns.

6 I -- I think we ought to do it not ad hoc

7 as we threw this thing together last week,

8 and -- and try to fix it here on the fly.

9 Let's try to do it right.

10 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Well, one of the

11 problems I see here is that most agencies are

12 going to put together a career pathing system

13 that's going to make some sense, and --

14 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: I -- I hope that

15 most agencies already have one.

16 TREASURER GALLAGHER: But there -- but

17 there's always those few agencies that don't,

18 for some reason or another. Just sort of

19 happens.

20 And I guess the -- there needs to be

21 somebody that's saying, hey, get moving and get

22 a -- get a plan working.

23 And so that's the only reason I think

24 somebody ought to be able to do that.

25 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: And -- and again,

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 124
November 27, 2001
1 Commissioner, I -- I don't disagree with that.

2 But let's have this particular paragraph work,

3 and work properly, staff -- and staff properly

4 can resolve these issues.

5 GOVERNOR BUSH: Cynthia, if we -- if we

6 deferred this item, and given the -- the

7 hearing -- the notice of provisions that are

8 required in rulemaking, what does that do for

9 the whole initiative going --

10 MS. HENDERSON: Well, it depends --

11 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- forward?

12 MS. HENDERSON: -- on how we take it.

13 We can take a suggested comment right now,

14 and delete the paragraph (4) --

15 GOVERNOR BUSH: Right.

16 MS. HENDERSON: -- that he addressed, and

17 move forward with it. We're still going to

18 have to publish these -- the modifications made

19 today. They'll be put in tomorrow --

20 GOVERNOR BUSH: If we bifurcate this and

21 separate --

22 MS. HENDERSON: Yes.

23 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- the --

24 MS. HENDERSON: Yes, you -- yes, you, sir.

25 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- General Milligan's

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 125
November 27, 2001
1 proposal --

2 MS. HENDERSON: Which at the end, we can

3 do -- offer that as a motion to bifurcate these

4 particular issues, and --

5 GOVERNOR BUSH: It doesn't stop the

6 whole --

7 MS. HENDERSON: -- do some --

8 Correct.

9 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Doesn't have any

10 impact at all really.

11 GOVERNOR BUSH: Okay.

12 MS. HENDERSON: Correct.

13 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: And it doesn't need

14 to come back on the 18th of -- of -- of

15 December. It can wait till January.

16 MS. HENDERSON: Correct.

17 GOVERNOR BUSH: Okay.

18 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: It's not a big deal.

19 MS. HENDERSON: And I was really going to

20 do a plug on career pathing, but I think I'll

21 go to the next --

22 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Say again?

23 MS. HENDERSON: I was really going to do a

24 plug, and explain what career pathing was, but

25 I think I'll move to number 36.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 126
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: You may have another chance

2 at another meeting --

3 MS. HENDERSON: Thank you.

4 GOVERNOR BUSH: That's --

5 MS. HENDERSON: I will -- I will save --

6 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: So I --

7 MS. HENDERSON: -- all my research --

8 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- I'll --

9 MS. HENDERSON: -- for that.

10 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- I'll move that we

11 approve the rule, as presented, with the

12 exception of the career pathing --

13 MS. HENDERSON: Report.

14 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- which we will

15 defer to --

16 GOVERNOR BUSH: The most -- the quick-- the

17 soonest --

18 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- as soon as

19 possible.

20 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- that we have possible.

21 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Well, I think there's

22 another issue that needs to be discussed, and

23 that's -- that's the issue on how often people

24 are evaluated.

25 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Oh, another for --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 127
November 27, 2001
1 SECRETARY HARRIS: That's -- that's in the

2 career pathing.

3 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: It's in the career

4 pathing.

5 MS. HENDERSON: We had the current rule --

6 TREASURER GALLAGHER: That's still part of

7 the rule.

8 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Sure --

9 MS. HENDERSON: Right.

10 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: No, it isn't.

11 GOVERNOR BUSH: Are we deferring that part

12 of the rule?

13 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Well, I just wanted

14 to have some discussion on it.

15 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Oh, okay.

16 MS. HENDERSON: And we would like some

17 guidance on that. Because this really is a

18 policy issue.

19 The statute says at least annually.

20 There -- probably one of the biggest -- another

21 big thing that I talked about during

22 Service First was the fact that employees

23 wanted feedback throughout the year on how they

24 were doing.

25 They didn't feel like once a year at bonus

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 128
November 27, 2001
1 time was sufficient. They didn't feel like it

2 was fair for them not to know that they were

3 not doing their job at a superior level, and

4 then all of a sudden get denied a bonus and be

5 given an evaluation that said, you know, you

6 were mediocre at best, or maybe you were the

7 middle of the line.

8 What they really wanted was substantial

9 input throughout the year. We balanced that

10 with, how often do you do it; do you do it

11 monthly if they're a bad employee; do you do

12 it, you know, semiannually.

13 There was concerns with the peer input

14 having 40 percent peer input. Do you want all

15 of the evaluations only done at the time of

16 peer input, would there be gamesmanship.

17 There were so many things in that dialogue

18 that we thought a very good compromise to doing

19 very -- very frequent types of evaluations was

20 just to require it at least semiannually.

21 At least employees felt they got at least

22 two bites at the apple. And also with the new

23 HR outsourcing that we will have in place, it

24 will be a very simple system for evaluation.

25 It will come up on the computer, minutes to

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 129
November 27, 2001
1 go through it, the personnel supervisors --

2 personnel officers and supervisors will get

3 prompts that evaluations haven't been

4 performed.

5 You know, I know that doesn't guarantee

6 everybody doing it, but it is a lot better than

7 what we have today -- it was a lot better

8 actually when I got to the Department. They

9 had a computer system, they were planning on

10 spending 5 million dollars that measured all

11 the competencies and all of those things.

12 That would have taken forever. Hit a

13 button, 40 fields drop; hit another button,

14 40 more. It was very cumbersome.

15 We believe this will be a very easy process

16 that -- for supervisors to use. But it'll give

17 continual feedback to the employees. They

18 won't feel like, why didn't I get a bonus, why

19 did they get a bonus; why didn't somebody just

20 tell me that I wasn't performing up to a

21 certain level.

22 So that's why we have at least semiannual.

23 I know there's a lot of debate because

24 managers, you know, maybe don't want it for

25 some -- some want it more. So we're offering

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 130
November 27, 2001
1 that up to -- for dialogue and guidance from

2 now on, how do you think it should go.

3 GOVERNOR BUSH: Commissioner?

4 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Well, I -- I think

5 feedback to employees is extremely important.

6 The more often it's done, the better. I'll

7 start off with that.

8 There are those that need it, and those

9 that don't.

10 And I would pretty much be comfortable

11 with -- with removing those people that are not

12 career service from a semiannual review,

13 because I mean, if they're not operating at

14 peak level, they -- you ought to be taking care

15 of that in some other way, other than a

16 semiannual review, and be doing an immediate

17 review.

18 I'm trying to -- to have meaningful reviews

19 done, and not perfunctory ones done. And

20 I think in -- in the senior management system,

21 those people that aren't career service, I

22 don't think that that -- to me, personally,

23 should be a -- a necessity.

24 I think that those employees that are

25 having problems should get more than

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 131
November 27, 2001
1 semiannual.

2 And so I -- I'm -- I -- you know, I'm just

3 sort of -- I think we ought to sort of

4 bifurcate that somehow, and at least not

5 require, you know, all people that are in the

6 senior management system get a semiannual

7 performance evaluation.

8 But that's my opinion, and I guess it

9 depends on what other people think.

10 MS. HENDERSON: I worry about if there's no

11 guidance, then, like you said, some agencies

12 won't do anything but annual for everybody.

13 And, you know, agencies are more than

14 welcome to do more than that. This is just

15 kind of a -- a bottom line for employees.

16 GOVERNOR BUSH: This was one of the issues

17 when we asked for feedback, and we got a lot of

18 it, this was probably the number one issue,

19 which was, we don't know where we stand.

20 And -- and -- both in terms of upside and

21 downside.

22 In other words, if -- if employees aren't

23 doing the jobs that are expected of them,

24 there's not direct communications in every case

25 that they aren't. It's an uncomfortable thing

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 132
November 27, 2001
1 to do, to tell someone they're not meeting

2 expectations, it takes a certain type of person

3 to be able to do it on a regular basis I think.

4 And -- and, likewise, if we're moving to a

5 performance oriented system, to not tell people

6 in advance what the expectations are, and tell

7 people how they're going, then there's always

8 the poss-- the possibility of disappointment.

9 And what we -- what we heard regularly was

10 both those concerns. And I'm surprised --

11 you know, I've been surprised that -- I wasn't

12 told my -- my -- my performance was at the

13 level of -- of expectation; or that there was

14 really no criteria established for the -- for a

15 bonus, it's the good old boy system all over

16 again.

17 And -- and I needed to know in advance what

18 the -- you know, what -- what was expected of

19 me so that I could earn additional money.

20 And I think part of the problem is that we

21 haven't seen the new system.

22 (Secretary Harris exited the room.)

23 GOVERNOR BUSH: And -- and the new support

24 that's going to be provided through new

25 technology is it might make it easier, less of

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 133
November 27, 2001
1 a burden to have annual assessments.

2 I think -- Cynthia, as I understand it,

3 part of your concern is -- right now is an

4 annual assessment going to two --

5 MS. HENDERSON: It's a piece of paper.

6 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- it's doubling the work

7 load.

8 Well, I think the net result of this will

9 be less actual work, but higher quality for

10 both the employee and the employer because of

11 the new system.

12 MS. HENDERSON: That's clearly our intent.

13 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Well, I -- I wish I

14 could -- I mean, if that was that easy to make

15 happen, that'd be great.

16 But -- I don't know about your agencies,

17 but it's tough keeping on top of managers

18 within agencies to get the annual one done, and

19 have it --

20 GOVERNOR BUSH: That's a problem.

21 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- done right.

22 And I've found it in every agency I've been

23 involved in, and I'm a stickler about getting

24 them done -- getting them done.

25 And they always fall behind, and they're

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 134
November 27, 2001
1 always not caught up. And when you -- now

2 you've got two of them. You've got -- you're

3 going to have twice as much trouble keeping

4 them up, because people have a lot of other

5 things they're in the middle of doing, even

6 though this is a very important part of their

7 job.

8 Maybe they'll be easier to do. I don't

9 know. They're not that hard to do now, if you

10 spend the time with the employee.

11 But I'm looking -- I -- I don't have a

12 problem with the career -- I'm just sort of

13 thinking, well, maybe at least we ease the

14 burden on the -- on the senior managers as to a

15 year.

16 And leave it there for -- for the career

17 service people or something. I'm -- I'm

18 just -- if y'all want to leave it the way it

19 is, fine. I just mention it --

20 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- evaluation in my office.

21 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Beg your pardon?

22 GOVERNOR BUSH: We don't have any civil

23 service -- we won't have to do it. Wouldn't do

24 it.

25 MS. HENDERSON: No. It's -- one thing to

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 135
November 27, 2001
1 offer is if -- if they don't do it, it's really

2 nothing that happens. So the rule is a guide.

3 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: You can do

4 more, right, if we want to?

5 MS. HENDERSON: Yes, sir.

6 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Sure. You can do

7 them every week.

8 MS. HENDERSON: You actually can do less,

9 and there's no penalties for not doing it.

10 It's just giving guidance.

11 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Well, let me

12 understand something. You have a -- a law that

13 says you must do it once a year.

14 MS. HENDERSON: Uh-hum.

15 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: At least.

16 TREASURER GALLAGHER: At least.

17 And then you -- you have a rule here that

18 we're supposed to -- I think we should follow

19 it: Agencies shall evaluate performance at

20 least semiannually.

21 MS. HENDERSON: Correct.

22 TREASURER GALLAGHER: So we've by rule

23 enhanced what the State law is.

24 MS. HENDERSON: We don't tie it to OPB

25 doesn't give you your money if you don't do

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 136
November 27, 2001
1 them. We haven't gone that far.

2 TREASURER GALLAGHER: You left that part

3 out you're saying?

4 MS. HENDERSON: Yes, sir.

5 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Well, I -- I'm not

6 sure we did --

7 (Secretary Harris entered the room.)

8 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- the way

9 General Milligan reads it. I guess we did take

10 that part out at this point.

11 All right. If everybody's happy the way it

12 is, we'll live with it.

13 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Well, I think what I

14 have proposed is that we approve the rule, with

15 the exception of that chapter, the career path

16 chapter will --

17 GOVERNOR BUSH: So that's --

18 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- come back --

19 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- come back --

20 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- and bring it back

21 as soon as practical.

22 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Oh, I'm sorry.

23 What I understood was we were leaving just

24 Section (4) out. We're taking the whole

25 chapter out?

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 137
November 27, 2001
1 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Yes.

2 Not -- not taking it out, deferring it.

3 GOVERNOR BUSH: Taking 60L-35.

4 SECRETARY HARRIS: Three five.

5 GOVERNOR BUSH: That's what we agreed to.

6 That's why we're trying to get to you --

7 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Cool it.

8 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- not have the

9 conversation.

10 TREASURER GALLAGHER: I apologize. I -- I

11 was --

12 SECRETARY HARRIS: Secretary Henderson --

13 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- stuck on

14 Section (4).

15 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- if you're ordered

16 to -- would it make any sense to -- to

17 define -- to go back and define occupational

18 level, because you're -- you're using

19 language --

20 MS. HENDERSON: Well, we won't have

21 anything until that happens, so we'll keep it

22 the way it is until we do the broadbanding. So

23 we can do it when we do the broadbanding

24 changes. We can make that change.

25 SECRETARY HARRIS: When will that --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 138
November 27, 2001
1 (Attorney General Butterworth exited the

2 room.)

3 MS. HENDERSON: Between now and July.

4 SECRETARY HARRIS: Okay. But you will go

5 back -- I mean, just --

6 MS. HENDERSON: Yes, ma'am.

7 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- not doing the

8 broadbanding yet, so you're talking --

9 MS. HENDERSON: Correct.

10 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- using a state of

11 art -- a term that doesn't exist yet.

12 MS. HENDERSON: We don't use it yet,

13 correct.

14 GOVERNOR BUSH: Did you make a motion,

15 General Milligan?

16 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: I did. Yes, sir, I

17 did.

18 SECRETARY HARRIS: Second.

19 GOVERNOR BUSH: Is there a second?

20 There's a motion and a second to accept the

21 rules as presented, with the exception of

22 deleting Rule 60L--

23 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Deferring.

24 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- deferring -- well,

25 deleting it from approval.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 139
November 27, 2001
1 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Yeah.

2 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- 60L-35, which will come

3 back at the as soon as possible time --

4 SECRETARY HARRIS: Governor, one more

5 question. I -- I didn't know we were going

6 through all the rules. I thought we were just

7 doing --

8 GOVERNOR BUSH: Okay.

9 SECRETARY HARRIS: I have one last

10 question.

11 Sorry, Secretary Henderson.

12 On 60L-36 --

13 MS. HENDERSON: Uh-hum.

14 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- on the conduct of --

15 MS. HENDERSON: Conduct.

16 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- employees?

17 MS. HENDERSON: Yes, ma'am.

18 SECRETARY HARRIS: There's -- this is not a

19 state of art term.

20 It's -- I guess I was just concerned,

21 because again, it's amb-- ambiguous when it's

22 talking about poor performance.

23 And there's a phrase --

24 MS. HENDERSON: "Do more than just get by."

25 SECRETARY HARRIS: Yeah. Just get by.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 140
November 27, 2001
1 It says that they shall do more than just

2 get by.

3 In a time when we're saying that the -- our

4 staff works so hard, and they're there all the

5 time, and they do this as an active service,

6 and, you know, it's a pretty noble cause, to

7 say, just get by, that's so demeaning.

8 That's kind of inferring that they're

9 slackers or something. I mean, I just think

10 that's a -- that's not -- that's not sort of

11 professional terminology.

12 I don't know how --

13 MS. HENDERSON: Which is why it's in

14 quotes.

15 What we believe is there is the impression

16 generally in the state, that State employees

17 don't work as hard as others.

18 We don't believe that's true. We want to

19 make it clear that if somebody were meeting

20 that, that that was not acceptable. It's poor

21 performance.

22 It is a state of art, which is put in

23 quotes. But I've got to tell you, everybody

24 knows what it means.

25 We have had 26 hours of meetings, and

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 141
November 27, 2001
1 26 hours of what's a better word. We've never

2 come up with a statement that was so clear.

3 So the question is: Do you want it --

4 we'll be glad to change it. We'll put whatever

5 it is.

6 No one has been able to come up with a

7 statement that is more clear than they "just

8 get by."

9 SECRETARY HARRIS: It just seems though --

10 I mean, to me, instead of saying -- I think

11 that reinforces that idea. And it seems

12 superfluous. And it's -- I think it -- to me,

13 I -- the way I read it, it was -- I thought it

14 was demeaning to our State employees.

15 But --

16 MS. HENDERSON: We apologize. It's clearly

17 not the intent.

18 It is clearly to show that we don't believe

19 State employees are that way. And we don't

20 accept it, and wouldn't accept it.

21 But we are more than welcome to put

22 whatever words in there that y'all believe

23 meets the same intent. Clearly.

24 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Well -- well, let's

25 look at what it's defi-- defined as a poor

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 142
November 27, 2001
1 performance. And --

2 (Attorney General Butterworth entered the

3 room.)

4 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- I -- demeaning

5 that poor performance -- just getting by is

6 poor performance.

7 You know, it's a pretty good descriptive

8 word for what poor performance is, I think.

9 SECRETARY HARRIS: I thought poor

10 performance is descriptive.

11 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Less than that?

12 SECRETARY HARRIS: No. I -- I don't -- be

13 poor performance would lead to submission.

14 I -- just the way I -- I read it, I thought --

15 I thought that was -- it's reinforcing that

16 impression, rather than eliminating it.

17 COMMISSIONER BRONSON: Governor, this -- as

18 I pointed out, I saw where this was basically

19 in -- in 60L-35 as a -- as a portion of that,

20 and also back over here on 60L-36.

21 And from -- as someone who has worked for a

22 major corporation, and -- and worked for

23 business, you -- I've never heard -- I've never

24 heard that term actually used.

25 Usually, if there's going to be some

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 143
November 27, 2001
1 movement one way or another, it's -- it's

2 less -- it -- it's a -- it's a less standard --

3 if you're not meeting up to the very lowest

4 standard, then you're -- you're performing less

5 than the minimum standard of performance for

6 that job description.

7 Minimum standards for that job description

8 would be the very less.

9 So I -- it just seems like you're giving --

10 there's some leeway there to -- to -- I've

11 never heard that term used in a -- in a setting

12 like that.

13 GOVERNOR BUSH: Well, in the private

14 sector, you're told you have at-will

15 employment. You don't have to do this.

16 TREASURER GALLAGHER: But there's no

17 question in mind what it means, is there?

18 COMMISSIONER BRONSON: Well --

19 MS. HENDERSON: Yes.

20 TREASURER GALLAGHER: But that -- everybody

21 knows what it means.

22 COMMISSIONER BRONSON: But under this

23 category, if you're -- if you're going to,

24 as -- as a supervisor, as the head of an

25 agency, react to that performance standard,

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 144
November 27, 2001
1 there ought to be something that you can

2 justify as to why it's less -- why you're

3 performing less than the minimum standard, and

4 why you should either be moved to another

5 position, or whatever that -- whatever that

6 remedy to that situation is going to be, you've

7 got to have somewhere to go to justify going

8 there.

9 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Well, that's part of

10 the counseling process.

11 COMMISSIONER BRONSON: Well, I -- okay.

12 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Well, I mean, in my

13 opinion.

14 GOVERNOR BUSH: Any other discussion?

15 We have a motion and a second to -- I won't

16 repeat it again -- but to defer the --

17 MS. HENDERSON: Thirty-five.

18 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- 35 -- L, whatever it is,

19 and to accept the rest of the rules.

20 All in favor, say aye.

21 THE CABINET: Aye.

22 GOVERNOR BUSH: All opposed?

23 MS. HENDERSON: Thank you very much.

24 GOVERNOR BUSH: We'll see --

25 SECRETARY HARRIS: I --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 145
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- you in January.

2 SECRETARY HARRIS: I have one more

3 question -- I have a question -- just --

4 I'm sorry.

5 GOVERNOR BUSH: Yes.

6 MS. HENDERSON: Maybe December 18th.

7 SECRETARY HARRIS: What problems or

8 situations do you see that could describe the

9 affected implementation of -- of Service First.

10 I mean, do you feel that everything --

11 I mean, is there any other things --

12 (Commissioner Crist exited the room.)

13 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- you see on the

14 horizon that -- that could be problematic?

15 MS. HENDERSON: No, ma'am.

16 This was kind of our last major effort that

17 we've been doing. The broadbanding's come into

18 effect. We've met with the unions, we've had

19 very warm support for the different

20 broadbanding classifications that have been put

21 out there, the family, so to speak.

22 So we think it's going wonderful. It's --

23 GOVERNOR BUSH: I think the --

24 MS. HENDERSON: -- a lot of --

25 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- one issue that's out

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 146
November 27, 2001
1 there right now that is a serious issue is

2 indirectly related to Service First, which

3 relates to the possibility of -- of the

4 Legislature in the special session changing the

5 path related to the outsourcing effort that was

6 approved last year, and instead, looking at

7 perhaps just cutting personnel positions, which

8 would put us in a difficult position to be able

9 to carry this out.

10 Because part of the advantage we now have

11 is the tools that the -- the new tools that'll

12 be available for managers to be able to carry

13 this out, there is going to be more flexibility

14 with managers, but more responsibility to treat

15 employees with clarity and transparency.

16 And they're going to need tools to be able

17 to do that, because Commissioner Gallagher's

18 point is correct, if you -- if you look at this

19 from the old way, you know, we don't want to

20 create more burdens, we want to create less.

21 And so while there -- that's only a risk,

22 and so -- of ours, and -- and we hope to get it

23 worked out in the next week.

24 SECRETARY HARRIS: We really commend you,

25 all the efforts you've put --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION 147
November 27, 2001
1 MS. HENDERSON: Thank you.

2 Your staff has been wonderful.

3 Colleen got everybody together. So it was

4 great.

5 Thank you.

6 GOVERNOR BUSH: Thank you, Secretary.

7 (The Administration Commission Agenda was

8 concluded.)

9 * * *

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

148
November 27, 2001
1 CERTIFICATE OF REPORTER

2

3

4

5 STATE OF FLORIDA:

6 COUNTY OF LEON:

7 I, LAURIE L. GILBERT, do hereby certify that

8 the foregoing proceedings were taken before me at the

9 time and place therein designated; that my shorthand

10 notes were thereafter translated; and the foregoing

11 pages numbered 1 through 147 are a true and correct

12 record of the aforesaid proceedings.

13 I FURTHER CERTIFY that I am not a relative,

14 employee, attorney or counsel of any of the parties,

15 nor relative or employee of such attorney or counsel,

16 or financially interested in the foregoing action.

17 DATED THIS 11TH day of DECEMBER, 2001.

18

19

20

21

22

23
LAURIE L. GILBERT, RPR, CCR, CRR, RMR
24 100 Salem Court
Tallahassee, Florida 32301
25 850/878-2221

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

T H E C A B I N E T

S T A T E O F F L O R I D A


Representing:

DIVISION OF BOND FINANCE
FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF LAW ENFORCEMENT
DEPARTMENT OF VETERANS' AFFAIRS
DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE
STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION
ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION
BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE
INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND
STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION


VOLUME II

The above agencies came to be heard before
THE FLORIDA CABINET, Honorable Governor Bush
presiding, in the Florida Supreme Court Building, 500
South Duval Street, Main Courtroom, Tallahassee,
Florida, on Tuesday, November 27, 2001, commencing at
approximately 9:17 a.m.


Reported by:

LAURIE L. GILBERT
Registered Professional Reporter
Certified Court Reporter
Certified Realtime Reporter
Registered Merit Reporter
Notary Public in and for
the State of Florida at Large





ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
100 SALEM COURT
TALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA 32301
850/878-2221


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

150

APPEARANCES:

Representing the Florida Cabinet:

JEB BUSH
Governor

CHARLES H. BRONSON
Commissioner of Agriculture

ROBERT F. MILLIGAN
Comptroller

KATHERINE HARRIS
Secretary of State

BOB BUTTERWORTH
Attorney General

TOM GALLAGHER
Treasurer

CHARLIE CRIST
Commissioner of Education

* * *

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

151
November 27, 2001
I N D E X

ITEM ACTION PAGE

BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE
INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT
TRUST FUND:
(Presented by David B. Struhs,
Secretary)

Substitute 1 Deferred 152
2 Approved 153
3 Approved 153
Substitute 4 and 5
Approved 156
Substitute 6 Approved 158
7 Deferred 158
8 Approved 160
Substitute 9 Deferred 161
10 Denied 195
11 Denied 220

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION:
(Presented by Tom Herndon,
Executive Director)

1 Approved 222
2 Approved 223
3 Approved 223
4 Approved 224
5 Approved 224
6 Approved 227
7 Approved 324
8 Approved 324

CERTIFICATE OF REPORTER 327

* * *

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 152
November 27, 2001
1 P R O C E E D I N G S

2 GOVERNOR BUSH: Board of Trustees?

3 MR. STRUHS: Hello.

4 GOVERNOR BUSH: Nice tie.

5 MR. STRUHS: Thank you.

6 Item 1, we'd like to defer Item 1 until

7 January 29th.

8 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: Motion.

9 GOVERNOR BUSH: There's a motion to defer.

10 Is there a second?

11 COMMISSIONER BRONSON: Motion.

12 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: Second.

13 GOVERNOR BUSH: Without objection, the item

14 is deferred till January 29th.

15 MR. STRUHS: Item 2 is an addition to the

16 Apalachicola Bay National Estuarine Research

17 Reserve. And you all know Woody Miley, who's

18 the Director of the Reserve. And he is here

19 with us today.

20 You'll recall we were before you with this

21 item a number of months ago, and you conceded

22 to purchase some land on an area known as

23 Pelican Point.

24 GOVERNOR BUSH: Oh, yeah.

25 MR. STRUHS: And at that point, you gave us

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 153
November 27, 2001
1 the strong advice to come back to you with the

2 Mahr property in hand.

3 And we have now done that. And we've done

4 it at a -- at a good value, and are

5 recommending that acquisition.

6 Are there any questions?

7 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Move it.

8 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: Second.

9 GOVERNOR BUSH: Moved and seconded.

10 Without objection, it's approved.

11 GOVERNOR BUSH: Thank you.

12 MR. STRUHS: Thanks for coming.

13 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: Too quick --

14 GOVERNOR BUSH: Veteran of Cabinet --

15 MR. STRUHS: Yes. Wise man.

16 Item 3, we're recommending approval. This

17 is an option agreement for 722 acres in the

18 Lake Wales Ridge Ecosystem.

19 GOVERNOR BUSH: Is there a motion?

20 COMMISSIONER BRONSON: Motion.

21 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: So move.

22 GOVERNOR BUSH: Moved and seconded.

23 Without objection, it's approved.

24 MR. STRUHS: Item 4 and 5, I'd like to do

25 something just a little bit different, if I

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 154
November 27, 2001
1 could.

2 These are both examples of where we're

3 exercising some new management techniques that

4 are improving our efficiency in allowing us to

5 build better partnerships.

6 In this case, we're doing it with the City

7 of Jacksonville.

8 And I've asked Rod Lovern, who's our

9 Deputy Director of the State Lands Division, to

10 just give a -- a very quick overview of how

11 these two items are a little bit different, and

12 a little bit better than what we usually do.

13 MR. LOVERN: Good morning.

14 GOVERNOR BUSH: Good morning.

15 MR. LOVERN: If I could, I would like to

16 present Items 4 and 5 together as one item,

17 because they are companion items.

18 Item 4 is -- is -- we're recommending

19 approval of an option agreement to acquire

20 property in northeast Florida, Blue-- Blueways

21 Florida Forever project which is an "A"

22 project.

23 The second item, on Item 5, we're

24 recommending approval of an option agreement

25 with the City of Jacksonville and the

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 155
November 27, 2001
1 Pumpkin Hill Project, which is a "B" project on

2 the Florida Forever list.

3 Both of these are -- are -- are unique in

4 that they're a new development for us. The

5 relationship on both items is that --

6 (Governor Bush exited the room.)

7 MR. LOVERN: -- the State will contribute

8 45 percent of the purchase price, and the City

9 will contribute 55 percent, with 100 percent of

10 the title going to the State.

11 We have -- with these -- we're very excited

12 about them, because it's a new approach for us,

13 a new way of doing business, and a way of

14 creating new efficiencies in our process that

15 we -- previously with the MPAAs used to have

16 sort of a loose relationship defined.

17 And we found that it wasn't working for

18 either one of us, the local government or us

19 over time.

20 And in order to improve that, we -- we

21 wanted to step up the level of detail, and

22 found ourselves entering really to the option

23 agreement level.

24 So we've blended an MPAA and an option

25 agreement together, the option agreement

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 156
November 27, 2001
1 getting into the details; the MPAA, of course,

2 defining the relationship overall.

3 So we're very excited about it. It's a new

4 commitment for us -- or renewed commitment to

5 developing local government relationships, and

6 approving the level of service that State lands

7 provides to local governments.

8 SECRETARY HARRIS: Questions?

9 Motions?

10 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: I'll move it.

11 Move 4 and 5.

12 SECRETARY HARRIS: Second?

13 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: I think --

14 COMMISSIONER BRONSON: Second.

15 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- that's --

16 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Second.

17 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- of course,

18 subject to the City of Jacksonville -- or the

19 City of Jacksonville --

20 MR. LOVERN: Yes, sir, it is.

21 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- approval.

22 MR. LOVERN: Yes, sir.

23 SECRETARY HARRIS: It's been moved and

24 seconded without opposition.

25 Secretary, you finished with Item --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 157
November 27, 2001
1 MR. STRUHS: Yes.

2 And I -- I would point out, we did leave

3 out one thing.

4 Not only is it a great deal in terms of the

5 partnership, and in terms of the Board of

6 Trustees holding the full title to the

7 property, but the City of Jacksonville has

8 agreed to take on the long-term management

9 expenses associated with the property.

10 So we're quite pleased with that.

11 SECRETARY HARRIS: We commend your

12 innovations.

13 (Governor Bush entered the room.)

14 SECRETARY HARRIS: Item 5.

15 COMMISSIONER BRONSON: We did -- I thought

16 we did 4 and 5.

17 SECRETARY HARRIS: Oh, I'm sorry.

18 I missed -- okay.

19 Governor.

20 GOVERNOR BUSH: What happened?

21 MR. STRUHS: Now on Item 6.

22 We're recommending approval of Item 6.

23 This is our continuing effort to work in the --

24 escapes my -- my memory -- the Golden Gate

25 Estates area in the Everglades Forever Project.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 158
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: Is there a motion?

2 COMMISSIONER BRONSON: Move.

3 SECRETARY HARRIS: Second.

4 GOVERNOR BUSH: Moved and seconded.

5 Without objection, it's approved.

6 MR. STRUHS: Item 7, we'd like to defer

7 this item. And we'd like to defer it, if we

8 could, until the applicants are -- are prepared

9 to bring it back.

10 The -- the applicant in this case,

11 Indian River County, would like some extra time

12 to go back and work on their Manatee Protection

13 Plan.

14 GOVERNOR BUSH: Good.

15 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Move deferral.

16 COMMISSIONER BRONSON: Second.

17 GOVERNOR BUSH: There's a motion to defer,

18 and a second.

19 Without objection, the item is deferred.

20 MR. STRUHS: Item 8, we're recommending

21 approval. This is a five-year sovereignty

22 submerged land lease to increase an existing

23 yacht club. And it includes the severance of

24 167 cubic yards of sovereignty material.

25 This is the Big Lagoon area in

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 159
November 27, 2001
1 Escambia County. It's a good project.

2 And what I'd like to point out, this is

3 an -- an example of where we're actually seeing

4 the expansion of sea grasses. So we're

5 actually seeing a marina expand; but at the

6 same time, we're actually seeing the expansion

7 of sea grasses.

8 And one of the ways we're accomplishing

9 that is by requiring as part of this permit,

10 the installation of pilings. And -- and by

11 putting the pilings in, it keeps the boat --

12 (Commissioner Crist entered the room.)

13 MR. STRUHS: -- traffic where you want the

14 boats, and it keeps the sea grass protected

15 from the -- the scarring and the prop dredging.

16 So it's --

17 GOVERNOR BUSH: The pilings out in the

18 canal -- in a canal?

19 MR. STRUHS: Right.

20 We -- we put the -- we put the pilings

21 where we want to keep the boats away from the

22 sea grass. And what we've actually seen is an

23 expansion of the sea grass in this area.

24 So it's -- it's a good -- it's a good

25 environmental success story.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 160
November 27, 2001
1 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Move approval.

2 GOVERNOR BUSH: Is there a second?

3 TREASURER GALLAGHER: On that one, I'd like

4 to move it. But it's subject to the payment of

5 the eleven thousand nine hundred and ninety-one

6 eighty-nine?

7 MR. STRUHS: Yes, sir.

8 GOVERNOR BUSH: Moved and seconded.

9 Without objection, the item is approved.

10 MR. STRUHS: Item Number 9, you -- you may

11 best know this by the -- the label

12 Polynesian Islands.

13 We have, I think, come close to coming up

14 with a good resolution of this issue.

15 (Treasurer Gallagher exited the room.)

16 MR. STRUHS: The Cabinet Aides have

17 requested a little bit more time so they can

18 get more fully briefed on the item.

19 And we look forward to getting that done in

20 the next couple of weeks, and bringing it back

21 to you on December 18th.

22 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Move deferral.

23 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: Motion to

24 defer.

25 GOVERNOR BUSH: There's a motion to defer

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 161
November 27, 2001
1 and a second.

2 Didn't you second?

3 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: I'll second.

4 COMMISSIONER CRIST: Second it.

5 GOVERNOR BUSH: Item is deferred till

6 December 18th.

7 MR. STRUHS: Item 10 is the Brickell Key

8 Marina lease.

9 Just a -- a quick review of the history.

10 A -- a similar application came before the

11 Trustees on March 13 of this year. That

12 application was denied.

13 As you may know, the applicant has then

14 filed a petition in court with the

15 Administrative Law Judge. The hearing on

16 the Board of Trustees denial is scheduled for

17 March 4th and 5th of next year. So the hearing

18 is in March for the denial that you made this

19 March.

20 Now we have had a change in the

21 application, a reduction in the number of

22 slips, and that is the reason that the

23 applicant is now before you again.

24 Our recommendation as staff is that because

25 of the tightly constructed statutory language,

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 162
November 27, 2001
1 we're obligated to recommend a denial of this

2 item.

3 Obviously there are speakers to it.

4 Frank Matthews and Nan-- is -- is here

5 representing Swire Properties.

6 We've got Nancy Brown, Friends of the

7 Everglades; Jerry Karnas, Save the Manatee

8 Club; and Charles Lee, Florida Audubon Society,

9 to speak against it.

10 I've suggested that we keep this brief, and

11 try to keep it all within 10 minutes.

12 It's important I think just to set the

13 stage to recognize that there are 41 aquatic

14 preserves in the state of Florida. And 40 of

15 the 41 are governed by rules that are known as

16 18-20.

17 This one is -- is the exception.

18 Biscayne Bay has a separate rule. It's rule

19 number 18-18, and it's based on an actual

20 statutory level of protection that is different

21 than every other aquatic preserve in the state.

22 And the requirement that must demonstrate

23 that it's not only in the public interest, but

24 it must also demonstrate either --

25 (Treasurer Gallagher entered the room.)

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 163
November 27, 2001
1 MR. STRUHS: -- extreme hardship, or some

2 type of public necessity. And --

3 (Commissioner Bronson exited the room.)

4 MR. STRUHS: -- that's one of the reasons

5 we keep coming back to this, and have not been

6 able to approve it previously.

7 But again, the applicant has -- has

8 adjusted the proposal, has reduced the number

9 of slips, and they would like to make their --

10 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: Governor,

11 could I --

12 MR. STRUHS: -- presentation.

13 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: -- I have a

14 question on this, because I guess we're

15 probably saying we're denying the agenda.

16 Just because they're modifying it, if it

17 did not meet the -- meet the test the last

18 time, and if -- and if that issue was before

19 the March 4th hearing, why are we bringing it

20 up now?

21 I mean, I -- I see no reason -- it's in

22 court, the issue is in court, just because

23 they're changing a few extra slips, and let

24 some more -- I guess fewer boats actually be

25 there, I -- the -- the -- the overall issue is

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 164
November 27, 2001
1 the issue.

2 So I think that we should let the Court go

3 forward first before even coming back here.

4 I'm not --

5 MR. STRUHS: Well, that -- that's clearly

6 the -- the Board's decision. But, as you know,

7 it's a fairly democratic process, and when

8 applicants come in, and want to get it on the

9 agenda, we --

10 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: Let's make

11 it a Republican process.

12 MR. STRUHS: -- we -- we rarely --

13 TREASURER GALLAGHER: What's -- what's the

14 Republican process?

15 It's in court, we're not going to hear it?

16 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: It's in

17 court, we're not going to hear it.

18 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Are you going to the

19 Republican process --

20 GOVERNOR BUSH: There's a universal --

21 MR. STRUHS: It's a small -- small d, sir.

22 A small d.

23 SECRETARY HARRIS: Secretary Struhs, on

24 this test, it -- well, if it says that it

25 must -- if we accept it as a public project

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 165
November 27, 2001
1 under the extreme hardship test, it also --

2 doesn't it have to do both, the extreme

3 hardship, and public necessity? It's not one

4 or the other, right?

5 MR. STRUHS: Well, actually, it's -- it's a

6 very fine point. And -- and we can get a

7 lawyer here to explain it to you, if you'd

8 like.

9 But the re-- the requirement is it has to

10 be -- it has to meet the public interest

11 test -- public interest, and extreme hardship,

12 or public necessity.

13 SECRETARY HARRIS: I -- I just don't

14 understand.

15 I know we really went in-depth, as -- as

16 General Butterworth said, we went into this in

17 depth the last time, and -- and I think the

18 reason -- at least my part that I voted against

19 it was because it didn't meet the test in terms

20 of public hardship and necessity.

21 (Commissioner Bronson entered the room.)

22 MR. STRUHS: That -- that's correct. But

23 the applicant would -- would argue that what

24 they are presenting today is a -- is a

25 different proposal because of the reduced

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 166
November 27, 2001
1 number of slips.

2 And that's why it's -- that's why it's on

3 today's agenda.

4 GOVERNOR BUSH: Well, why don't we --

5 I think we should hear it, as long as we don't

6 re-- relive all of the arguments of the -- the

7 last one, but maybe focus on the things that

8 are new and different about this.

9 And perhaps I -- I would suggest maybe you

10 could really focus on -- on Secretary Harris'

11 question, which I think is the -- the key

12 question, what's the difference now that allows

13 you to meet this test that gave us some

14 concerns --

15 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Probably a good

16 question to ask.

17 GOVERNOR BUSH: If you can answer that

18 question, then -- you can't answer it, then,

19 you know, we'll probably see you in court in

20 March, I guess.

21 But if you can, maybe there'll be some

22 people interested in --

23 MR. MATTHEWS: I'll do my best, Governor,

24 members of the Cabinet.

25 Frank Matthews, Hopping, Green & Sams,

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 167
November 27, 2001
1 representing the co-applicants, Swire Property

2 and the City of Miami.

3 We believe we have revised the project. If

4 you recall the end of the conversation last

5 time was, would there be a way of going back to

6 the drawing board and -- and making a different

7 proposal.

8 We had 112 slips last time, those

9 46 powerboat slips associated with the

10 proposal.

11 This time we're at 68 total slips. There

12 was only 27 powerboat slips.

13 One of the main issues last time was

14 consistency with the Dade County Manatee

15 Protection Plan. It was considered to be

16 inconsistent with the Dade County Manatee

17 Protection Plan last time, because of the

18 number of powerboat slips that were proposed.

19 We've gone back and revised the project to

20 now become consistent, by virtue of having

21 seven transient slips, which are courtesy

22 boats, water charters, livery services, and

23 20 multifamily powerboat slips, which now fits

24 under the criteria of the Dade County Manatee

25 Protection Plan.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 168
November 27, 2001
1 So I say that just to put that issue aside,

2 because it was one of the basis for

3 consideration last time.

4 I believe the remaining issue is, as

5 Secretary Harris has pointed out, the extreme

6 hardship. What does it mean to -- to meet it?

7 What as a matter of law it means is that if

8 you are a public project, which serves the

9 public necessity by advancing public health and

10 safety, you've met the extreme hardship. Those

11 are the series of definitions that get you

12 there.

13 Public projects are inherently meeting the

14 extreme hardship test. So you have to first

15 threshold decide, are we a public project. We

16 suggest we are.

17 We have the elements of public safety with

18 the six law enforcement slips, as well as the

19 relocation of the headquarters of the

20 Marine Patrol.

21 We have economic development in dire need

22 in Miami for the downtown urban renewal of that

23 city.

24 That's a major component of what we

25 consider to be the hardship here. The hardship

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 169
November 27, 2001
1 has to be unique to the applicant. These

2 applicants have 5,551 riparian feet of

3 shoreline.

4 The statute specifically says, this

5 management plan, this preserve, should not

6 infringe upon traditional riparian interests.

7 So you have to -- you balance and weigh

8 this notion of hardship to this applicant is if

9 you deny this proposal at 5500, over a mile of

10 linear shoreline, you're suggesting they can

11 have no access, no waterborne access to their

12 property.

13 I don't believe that's what the statute

14 intended.

15 In fact, the statute specifically says:

16 This should not operate to infringe upon

17 riparian rights.

18 That's the bottom line element. You've got

19 to sit back, because as a matter of law, if we

20 were single family residents, and we were

21 55 single family residents on Brickell Key, you

22 have found in case law, that meets the

23 hardship, that a single family resident having

24 a dock to access their waterfront facility

25 meets the hardship test.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 170
November 27, 2001
1 We're a co-applicant, the City and Swire

2 together, basing our arguments of extreme

3 hardship on the fact that this marina was

4 approved in '75 through a local development

5 order.

6 We meet the public necessity because we

7 advance public health and safety. You have to

8 take a broad view of public health to include

9 economic redevelopment.

10 And -- and I would suggest to you, there is

11 no other applicant in more extreme hardship

12 than the City of Miami looking for urban

13 renewal, economic redevelopment of that city

14 center.

15 We're part of the greenway plan, we're part

16 of the urban in-fill plan. Who else can make

17 the argument that this area, an island, the

18 only island in the aquatic preserve that's

19 developed, which has no waterborne access,

20 isn't suffering extreme hardship to be denied

21 that access.

22 There's a hotel facility that this will

23 support and augment that's at 19 percent

24 occupancy.

25 Nineteen percent occupancy in a state where

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 171
November 27, 2001
1 we -- we claim to want to bring back our

2 tourists. Here's a perfect example of asking

3 for 49,000 square feet, 49,000 square feet of

4 approval from the State to allow us to grow

5 that tourist center, allow us to grow the

6 commercial development that exists.

7 I submit to you --

8 TREASURER GALLAGHER: If I may.

9 MR. MATTHEWS: Yes, sir.

10 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Your argument is that

11 if we let boat slips there, the occupancy of

12 the hotel's going to go up?

13 MR. MATTHEWS: It -- it's a component of

14 it. We asked for a lot more slips,

15 Commissioner. And maybe if we were up there at

16 100 and 200, it'd be a better argument.

17 But I don't think it can be used against us

18 that we've shoehorned ourselves down to a much

19 smaller facility to argue that we still

20 shouldn't be able to market on this island

21 development, that you can access it by boat,

22 that you can get there if you're on your way

23 from Islamorada to West Palm, you can actually

24 come in and moor your boat at this island, and

25 stay at these facilities, go to the restaurant,

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 172
November 27, 2001
1 shop at the shops. You can't do that today.

2 And that's a major missing ingredient in

3 Miami's economic redevelopment.

4 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: I just have

5 one question, if I could, Governor.

6 GOVERNOR BUSH: Yeah. Please.

7 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: I do not --

8 what is a multifamily residential powerboat?

9 MR. MATTHEWS: That's a powerboat that is

10 going to be utilized by a multifamily resident,

11 a condo dweller, in one of the 3,000 units on

12 the island.

13 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: Okay. So,

14 I mean, how many -- how many families are going

15 to be in each one of these powerboats?

16 MR. MATTHEWS: Well, I don't know --

17 there'll be no live-aboards, General. I don't

18 mean to say that they're going to be living on

19 the powerboat.

20 These'll be occupants of the

21 3,000 multifamilies --

22 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: Okay.

23 Because the way it looks like here in the

24 notes, it says -- it says 20 multifamily

25 residential powerboats.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 173
November 27, 2001
1 So I mean, are we going to have --

2 MR. MATTHEWS: Well, that -- that's

3 inartfully written. That --

4 GOVERNOR BUSH: That only happens in

5 Broward County.

6 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: That --

7 MR. MATTHEWS: There will be no one living

8 aboard those powerboats, I -- I can assure you

9 of that.

10 SECRETARY HARRIS: Is there any statute

11 that says that 62 boat slips in-- increases the

12 economic impact in a -- I mean --

13 MR. MATTHEWS: Well, it certainly brings a

14 flavor to a facility which lacks it very badly

15 now.

16 If you're marketing to the South American

17 tourist trade, and you can't establish some

18 distinction at your hotel in -- in the middle

19 of an aquatic preserve, which has been

20 established by every agency who's looked at it,

21 not to have an adverse natural resource

22 consequence, we're sitting here trying to

23 balance this against a standard saying, well,

24 what's the negative?

25 Why -- why wouldn't we want to take a

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 174
November 27, 2001
1 facility and maximize its utility? Even at

2 this limited number, 27 powerboat slips, I'm

3 not going to overstate its economic

4 consequence.

5 SECRETARY HARRIS: Yeah.

6 MR. MATTHEWS: But I think we'd take --

7 SECRETARY HARRIS: When --

8 MR. MATTHEWS: -- what we could get.

9 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- you're arg-- arguing

10 hardship, and then you're saying 62 boat slips

11 is going to dramatically help hard-- enhance

12 the hardship, I just didn't really know how --

13 how much added value that creates.

14 But I -- you said that the main issue was

15 the number of slips last time.

16 And, of course, that was a very important

17 issue because so many opposed it since it was

18 outside of the manatee plan that -- that

19 exists.

20 But that -- that really wasn't the main

21 issue. The main issue is still the law.

22 And -- and that's really what -- what I have to

23 come back to. And I'm just looking at my notes

24 from last time.

25 And it says that this public project, that

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 175
November 27, 2001
1 you must demonstrate that there's a public

2 necessity. And that public necessity is

3 defined as works or improvements that are

4 required for the protection for the health and

5 safety of the public, for which no other

6 reasonable alternative exists.

7 And -- I mean, there -- there are -- there

8 already exists other facilities for the

9 Marine Patrol, there exists other locations.

10 So I'm trying to understand, you know, you

11 really -- for -- for me --

12 MR. MATTHEWS: Sure.

13 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- you have to

14 demonstrate --

15 MR. MATTHEWS: Sure.

16 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- why this -- this --

17 how this complies with the law.

18 MR. MATTHEWS: And -- and, again, our

19 argument was that there are three components of

20 the public necessity that achieve the health

21 and safety of the residents of the City.

22 One is the law enforcement relocation. You

23 either accept or you don't accept that it's an

24 improvement.

25 And the Chief of Police, the Commander --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 176
November 27, 2001
1 SECRETARY HARRIS: But it says --

2 MR. MATTHEWS: -- of the Marine Patrol --

3 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- there's no other

4 reasonable alternative exists.

5 I mean, there is already a reasonable

6 alternative that exists.

7 MR. MATTHEWS: Well -- well, all I can do

8 is show you the letter of November 7th from the

9 Chief of Police directed to your office saying

10 that in their opinion, from a local

11 law enforcement standpoint, this is the most

12 ideal location for them to carry out their

13 mission.

14 And I believe that achieves the standard

15 of -- he's analyzed the river, he's analyzed

16 other locations, their Watson Island location,

17 and simply concluded, this is preferable, that

18 this is the best location.

19 Now, there are others.

20 SECRETARY HARRIS: A reasonable

21 alternative.

22 MR. MATTHEWS: Surely.

23 There -- I mean, he -- he could be located

24 many miles away, he could be located up the

25 river.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 177
November 27, 2001
1 But what they've suggested is that this is

2 the best.

3 SECRETARY HARRIS: It is the best. But the

4 law says reasonable alternative. So that was

5 just my --

6 MR. MATTHEWS: I understand.

7 SECRETARY HARRIS: -- question.

8 And what's the second issue? You said

9 there were three.

10 MR. MATTHEWS: Well, the -- the park

11 integration. We have a three-and-a-half acre

12 park that we're dedicating to the City of

13 Miami. And we're making a promenade that

14 connects to the mainland through the causeway,

15 to, again, connect the Miami River Greenway.

16 That can't be located anywhere else to

17 achieve its recreational benefit.

18 The economic development. Again, if you're

19 going to have an island destination resort, you

20 should be able to have boating access to that

21 island destination resort.

22 All I can suggest to you, if another

23 applicant walks in this door, and they have

24 over a mile of linear shoreline, if they're

25 giving over $500,000 for manatee recovery, if

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 178
November 27, 2001
1 they're relocating a Marine Patrol unit to

2 their land at no cost to the public applicant,

3 and if they're trying to stimulate economic

4 development in a city which is under financial

5 oversight, then I say it's a heck of a good

6 precedent for you to hang your hat on to

7 establish this 26-year old approved marina.

8 It is uniquely burdened, unlike any other

9 applicant you're going to see in this preserve.

10 That's the standard you should use. Are

11 they uniquely burdened by the circumstance --

12 the -- the totality of those circumstances so

13 that we've partnered private and public to meet

14 every identifiable need that difficult criteria

15 establishes.

16 That's what we've done.

17 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Have you --

18 If I may.

19 This law that covers this was passed about

20 25 years ago?

21 MR. MATTHEWS: Yes, sir.

22 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Have y'all looked

23 at -- the Legislature to see if maybe the

24 criteria could be changed that would help

25 affect what you're trying to do, as opposed to

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 179
November 27, 2001
1 expect us to do it?

2 MR. MATTHEWS: Well, certainly I'd like to

3 suggest that, given that that's something I do.

4 But, no. I -- I mean, I think the

5 applicants have assessed it and concluded that

6 you get --

7 TREASURER GALLAGHER: It's the easy way to

8 go.

9 MR. MATTHEWS: Well, you get to determine

10 what extreme hardship means.

11 I mean, it's a standard established by law,

12 but interpreted by you. You are the Trustees;

13 you hold this land in the public trust; you get

14 to decide, is this a beneficial use of that

15 property, given the circumstances I've

16 described.

17 GOVERNOR BUSH: Commissioner Crist?

18 COMMISSIONER CRIST: Thank you, Governor.

19 You say that it does meet now with the

20 manatee protection --

21 MR. MATTHEWS: Yes, sir.

22 COMMISSIONER CRIST: -- established by

23 Miami/Dade County?

24 MR. MATTHEWS: Yes, sir.

25 COMMISSIONER CRIST: And you state that the

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 180
November 27, 2001
1 revenues and the occupancy of the hotel that

2 this abuts is at 19 percent?

3 MR. MATTHEWS: Yes, sir.

4 COMMISSIONER CRIST: And there are riparian

5 rights that are involved with this.

6 They are held by whom?

7 MR. MATTHEWS: They are held jointly now at

8 this point by Swire Properties and the City of

9 Miami. Portions of that walkway have already

10 been conveyed.

11 So we have a joint ownership of 5500 linear

12 feet.

13 COMMISSIONER CRIST: Would the riparian

14 rights issue raise a private property rights

15 argument --

16 MR. MATTHEWS: Surely.

17 COMMISSIONER CRIST: -- for the owner?

18 MR. MATTHEWS: Surely.

19 And, again, that would be really the only

20 issue, I guess, for purposes of litigation is

21 trying to, again, balance this very extreme

22 hardship standard against what are the

23 recognized traditional riparian rights,

24 acknowledged in statute, that this preserve

25 cannot infringe upon.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 181
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: But that's what you're

2 going to -- that -- that would be sorted out

3 through the ALJ process, right? Hardship,

4 definition of hardship, where you -- where you

5 need it.

6 MR. MATTHEWS: If you had to go there.

7 GOVERNOR BUSH: Well, that's where you are

8 now.

9 MR. MATTHEWS: We -- well, we are if you

10 reject the settlement proposal.

11 And in response to the General, that's why

12 we're here.

13 You haven't yet rejected the settlement

14 proposal. It would be crazy for us to go to

15 administrative hearing and have them rule on it

16 before you get a chance.

17 SECRETARY HARRIS: Governor, I think all

18 the points that -- that Commissioner Crist

19 makes are -- are all excellent. It's wonderful

20 that you're in compliance with all of these.

21 I think we're -- well, actually, my hands

22 being tied, as I don't -- I don't see you in

23 compliance with -- with this test and the --

24 and the law.

25 And if -- if you had it changed in the

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 182
November 27, 2001
1 Legislature, that would make it very easy for

2 us. Or if -- if the courts ruled differently

3 on extreme hardship.

4 It's just that the three issues, and I --

5 we went through them, and I said -- you even

6 said, there -- yes, there are other reasonable

7 alternatives, but this is the best.

8 So my problem is that it's not in

9 compliance with -- with how -- with the law.

10 MR. STRUHS: I'm going to play lawyer here

11 just for a minute, and -- and just --

12 I think -- well, I'm in the Supreme -- I'm the

13 Supreme Court.

14 I can't --

15 MR. MATTHEWS: Your chance.

16 MR. STRUHS: It's my only -- my only

17 chance.

18 GOVERNOR BUSH: You may become a judge by

19 the end of the day, so be careful.

20 MR. STRUHS: I'm sure I will be judged

21 either way.

22 But I just wanted to -- just for the

23 record, our -- our view as staff to the Board

24 is that you do not have the discretion to

25 define or determine what extreme hardship

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 183
November 27, 2001
1 means.

2 If -- if you did have that option, this

3 would be a very different discussion.

4 But, in fact, the -- the statute actually

5 defines extreme hardship. And it defines it

6 saying extreme hardship means a significant

7 burden unique to the applicant, and not shared

8 by property owners in the area.

9 So it has to be -- it has to be peculiar to

10 this owner, and clearly it's not.

11 So I would argue that is -- it's -- as --

12 as good as the project might be, that you don't

13 have that latitude under the law.

14 GOVERNOR BUSH: We have a couple other --

15 MR. STRUHS: We do have Jerry Karnas and

16 Charles Lee.

17 Yes, sir.

18 COMMISSIONER BRONSON: Can I ask a question

19 on that last statement?

20 GOVERNOR BUSH: Go ahead.

21 COMMISSIONER BRONSON: I guess my question

22 on that last statement is, so you're saying

23 there are other -- there are other islands, or

24 other landowners out there under the same

25 condition with a residence on it, or -- or some

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 184
November 27, 2001
1 other type of facility on it similar to this?

2 MR. STRUHS: Yes, sir.

3 And, in fact, the -- the -- the case in

4 point would be back in 1988 when the Board of

5 Trustees denied a lease application for the

6 expansion of an existing grandfathered marina

7 based on -- on this law.

8 So it -- it -- there's some case decisions

9 by the Board of Trustees that proves this

10 point.

11 MR. KARNAS: Jerry Karnas, Save the Manatee

12 Club.

13 The last time Brickell Key was debated

14 before the Board of Trustees, the Dade County

15 Manatee Protection Plan was an important issue.

16 Whether or not this project was in compliance

17 with the Plan was one of the focal points of

18 the debate.

19 The other point of contention was the

20 Biscayne Bay Aquatic Preserve Rule.

21 Thanks to your leadership, the Dade County

22 plan was upheld, and we are considering today a

23 project that complies with the Dade County

24 Manatee Protection Plan.

25 Under the leadership of Governor Bush, and

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 185
November 27, 2001
1 this Board --

2 Excuse me. I'm sorry. I got --

3 GOVERNOR BUSH: That sounded good.

4 MR. KARNAS: I'm -- you're going to like

5 it, trust me. You're going to like it.

6 Under the leadership of Governor Bush, this

7 Board has done more to support local manatee

8 protection plans than any other Board since

9 1989 was (sic) the directive was issued.

10 Since I am not here that often, it is my

11 pleasure to update you now on the progress that

12 you all have inspired around the state since

13 Sarasota Yacht Club.

14 Indian River County has completed their

15 plan, Sarasota County's plan is just about

16 complete, Martin County's plan is just about

17 done as well.

18 Volusia and Cou-- Volusia County and

19 Broward County are making significant progress.

20 If all goes as expected, five plans will

21 have been completed since Sarasota Yacht Club,

22 which was just only a year-and-a-half ago.

23 It took five plans in a year-and-a-half, it

24 took ten years to get the other four plans

25 done. That is a tremendous accomplishment, and

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 186
November 27, 2001
1 we thank you.

2 Although the Manatee Protection Plan issues

3 have been resolved, the Save the Manatee Club

4 still opposes Brickell Key Marina. I do not

5 want to infer, however, that threats to

6 manatees do not persist in Dade County. Two

7 weeks ago, a manatee was killed by a boat

8 within a few miles of this project.

9 Overall, Dade County's watercraft

10 mortalities are up this year from last. This

11 area is a major travel corridor for manatees.

12 This project is not in compliance with the

13 Biscayne Bay Aquatic Preserve rule, and that

14 rule protects manatee habitat. Thus it is a

15 rule of importance to our organization.

16 Your leadership has been so decisive in

17 protecting manatees, now your leadership is

18 needed to protect an ecosystem of state and

19 national importance. The strict standards set

20 forth in the rule are more relevant than ever.

21 This summer, in a University of Miami

22 report -- which I'm going to give to Colleen --

23 I wasn't able to procure it quick enough to get

24 it to you today -- after the meeting.

25 In this report, Dr. Jerry Alt (phonetic)

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 187
November 27, 2001
1 found that 77 percent of rec-- recreational

2 fish are being serial over-- serially (sic)

3 overfished in the bay.

4 The recreational fishing fleet since 1968

5 has increased by 444 percent. And it found

6 that stock biomass of crit-- is critically low

7 for most of the targeted recreational fishes.

8 The report asserts that recreational

9 quality of fishing in the bay has eroded to the

10 point that it'll severely hamper tourism in the

11 park in years to come.

12 What this report underscores is the need to

13 remain vigilant in respect to bay management.

14 And one way to do that is to stick to the

15 aquatic preserve rule.

16 In conclusion, I'd like to thank

17 Secretary Struhs, Secretary Ballard,

18 District Head Meeker for their stewardship of

19 the Biscayne Bay.

20 Thank you very much.

21 GOVERNOR BUSH: Thank you.

22 Mr. Lee.

23 MR. LEE: Governor, members of the Board of

24 Trustees, Charles Lee representing Audubon of

25 Florida.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 188
November 27, 2001
1 We're here today to strongly support the

2 good recommendation of your Secretary,

3 David Struhs, to deny this sovereign lands

4 approval in the Biscayne Bay Aquatic Preserve.

5 We agree eminently with the statements that

6 Secretary of State Harris has made today. This

7 does come down to the law. It comes down to

8 what the Legislature wrote in 1974 with regard

9 to the very narrow criteria, intentionally very

10 limited criteria for additional marinas and

11 structures in the Biscayne Bay Aquatic

12 Preserve.

13 It is intentionally, was, and always, we

14 hope, will be, a very narrow keyhole for which

15 only a few limited things of the highest public

16 purpose can pass. And that was the policy that

17 was written by the Legislature, and we think it

18 is -- is -- is carried out faithfully in the

19 rule that applies to this case.

20 I think it's important to recognize the

21 history of this project before the Board of

22 Trustees.

23 Back when Governor Bob Graham was here in

24 1982, a project at this site involving a

25 53-slip marina was recommended for denial by

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 189
November 27, 2001
1 then the Department of Natural Resources under

2 the very same aquatic preserve rule issues that

3 face this project today.

4 And that project, the -- the applicant

5 retreated, they withdrew it from the agenda

6 when that denial recommendation was made in --

7 in Governor Graham's administration.

8 When Governor Martinez was here in 1989,

9 the same 53-slip idea at this site was

10 proposed.

11 And again, on the -- on -- on the grounds

12 of extreme hardship and the narrow criteria of

13 this act, the recommendation was -- was for

14 denial, and it was withdrawn at that particular

15 time.

16 What has happened, Governor, and members of

17 the Board, is that the applicant has attempted

18 to try to put a new dress, a new face on this

19 project.

20 And -- and by aligning itself with the City

21 through -- and if you read the agreement with

22 the City, with regard to this area of -- of a

23 city park, it -- it's obviously an agreement of

24 convenience to try to come in under the flag of

25 being a public project, as is tacking on the

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 190
November 27, 2001
1 six slips for the obviously laudable purpose

2 of -- of -- of the law enforcement activities.

3 I would simply suggest to you that adding

4 those things to the picture does not get this

5 project through -- in its entirety, through

6 that narrow keyhole.

7 If this were a proposal for five or six

8 law enforcement slips standing alone, and there

9 was no other alternative, you could -- you

10 could argue it under the Act. But not the

11 remainder of -- of the 62 slips that it

12 attempts to -- to -- to bootstrap and drag

13 along.

14 I would submit that if the rationale that

15 Mr. Matthews presented to you of -- of -- of

16 aligning with the increase in occupancy of the

17 hotels, or whatever, as a public purpose was --

18 was seized upon you as a reason under the law

19 to grant this lease, there's little of the

20 shoreline in Biscayne Bay that could not be

21 similarly turned into marinas. There's --

22 there's nothing anywhere that this Act would

23 remain to protect.

24 We think that the staff of your department

25 has read the law correctly. I think that

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 191
November 27, 2001
1 Secretary Harris has read the law correctly.

2 And we think the appropriate thing for you

3 to do is to adopt the good staff recommendation

4 that's been presented to you.

5 We believe the Biscayne Bay Aquatic

6 Preserve Act is very important. We ask you to

7 uphold it by denying this proposal today.

8 GOVERNOR BUSH: Thank you.

9 MR. LEE: Thank you.

10 GOVERNOR BUSH: One more speaker.

11 MS. BROWN: Good afternoon.

12 Nancy Brown, Friends of the Everglades.

13 I think Charles has covered a lot of the

14 technical details about the length and

15 legitimacy of the Biscayne Bay Aquatic Preserve

16 Act, so I won't -- I -- I want you to know,

17 because I think it needs to be remembered, that

18 there's a two-fold test before the Governor and

19 Cabinet, and that is that there must be a

20 demonstration of both extreme hardship and --

21 not or -- but that the project -- not the

22 spin-offs from the project, but the project

23 itself that is in the Biscayne Bay Aquatic

24 Preserve must be in the public interest.

25 Now -- so I'll sign off with that.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 192
November 27, 2001
1 But I want to go back to 1974 when this

2 bill was introduced. And John Cyril Maloy --

3 probably goes back a long way for a lot of

4 you -- but John Cyril Maloy not only was one of

5 the sponsors, as was the Dade delegation as a

6 general group, went to some of the hearings --

7 the proposals such as this.

8 And -- and one of them he didn't like what

9 he heard about how the law was being twisted.

10 And at that hearing, he said -- he scolded

11 the applicant. He says, you cannot twist the

12 language of this law like a nose of wax.

13 And I thought that was pretty theatrical.

14 But it really isn't. Because with this

15 application, which is the first application to

16 come this far in the process, I feel that the

17 law here is being turned into a nose of wax,

18 that language is being plucked out of one part

19 of the statute, and shoved into another, and

20 together he's attempting to make new law.

21 All right? And that's not the way it

22 should be.

23 Let me use the language here of the types

24 of projects which are said to be one of the

25 following. So the one they have chosen is the

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 193
November 27, 2001
1 creation of a commercial dock, which this is.

2 And if you wonder why they don't have all

3 the freedoms that the applicant would like to

4 see, it is because it is a commercial dock, and

5 it has different regulations than, say, a group

6 of condominiums or -- where people actually are

7 in residence.

8 All right. Number two. That was the

9 commercial dock.

10 Then you drop down to number 8, remembering

11 that they said, it can only be one of the

12 following.

13 Number 8 says: Other projects, which are a

14 public necessity, or which are necessary to

15 enhance the quality and utility of the

16 preserve.

17 So then you go down, and you look under

18 extreme hardship, which has been related to you

19 already, that the last line in extreme hardship

20 says: The term extreme hardship may be

21 inherent in public projects which are shown to

22 be of public necessity.

23 And Secretary Harris has already pointed

24 out that this is a marina, and it is not a

25 public necessity. And we know that it is not a

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 194
November 27, 2001
1 public process, no matter how -- how tap

2 dancing and nose twisting has gone on here to

3 make this a project of the City of Miami. The

4 City of Miami has no ownership, no riparian

5 rights, no nothing.

6 All right. So the public necessity part we

7 look at now. And we're just reading from the

8 definitions in the law.

9 And it says: Public necessity are works or

10 improvements required -- required, not desired

11 or wanted by an applicant -- but required for

12 the protection and the heal-- of the health and

13 safety of the public consistent with the act

14 and rules, and for which no other reasonable

15 alternative exists.

16 And as I probably mentioned the last time I

17 was here, that that has to do with the

18 sewer pipe laid across Biscayne Bay, which we

19 were able to get enforced without this sort of

20 hearing, because it was a public necessity.

21 And a public necessity is not a dock, it is

22 not a pier, it's not a marina. And I think you

23 have judged that accurately when you denied it

24 before.

25 We ask that you deny this proposal again.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 195
November 27, 2001
1 Thank you.

2 GOVERNOR BUSH: Thank you.

3 MR. STRUHS: That concludes the speakers on

4 this item.

5 GOVERNOR BUSH: Any comments?

6 ATTORNEY GENERAL BUTTERWORTH: I'll move

7 staff recommendation.

8 SECRETARY HARRIS: Second.

9 GOVERNOR BUSH: There's a motion and a

10 second to deny the applicant's request.

11 All in favor, say aye.

12 THE CABINET: Aye.

13 GOVERNOR BUSH: All opposed?

14 MR. STRUHS: Item 11, we have quite a few

15 speakers, and I'm going to ask --

16 GOVERNOR BUSH: The vote was --

17 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Denied.

18 GOVERNOR BUSH: Yeah. Seven/nothing.

19 MR. STRUHS: I -- I was going to -- to ask

20 for your counsel in terms of time limits on --

21 on speakers on Item 11. There are quite a few

22 people who have come a great distance.

23 GOVERNOR BUSH: If -- it would be great if

24 we could actually -- if we had a time limit,

25 that people would adhere to it.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 196
November 27, 2001
1 MR. STRUHS: Okay. What I --

2 GOVERNOR BUSH: I'll start doing it now

3 I guess.

4 (Comptroller Milligan exited the room.)

5 MR. STRUHS: Well, what -- what I'm -- what

6 I'm going to recommend then is, given the

7 number of speakers and the issue before us, if

8 we could keep comments to about 2 minutes per

9 person, that -- that would --

10 GOVERNOR BUSH: How many people are here to

11 speak?

12 MR. STRUHS: Well, we've got --

13 Six --

14 GOVERNOR BUSH: A lot.

15 MR. STRUHS: Six or seven.

16 So if we could keep it to 2 -- about

17 2 minutes apiece, that would be helpful.

18 Let -- let me describe the item to you.

19 The -- the Department is recommending approval

20 of this item.

21 This is a five-year sovereignty submerged

22 land lease for a public boat ramp and an

23 accessory dock, as -- as well as severance of

24 1,880 cubic yards of sovereignty material. And

25 also a public easement for a dredged access

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 197
November 27, 2001
1 channel.

2 This is a public boat ramp, it is being

3 constructed or proposed to be constructed on

4 Goodbys Creek, which is near the St. John's

5 River.

6 It conforms, according to the Fish and

7 Wildlife Conservation Commission, with the

8 Manatee Protection Plan for the

9 St. Johns River.

10 And as a part of the application, the --

11 the applicant has agreed to make sure this is a

12 ramp only, that they're not installing any

13 slips; that they are limiting the parking at

14 this property to 42 parking spaces at the -- at

15 the ramp --

16 TREASURER GALLAGHER: You --

17 MR. STRUHS: -- and that they will further

18 downgrade the -- the speed zone. It's

19 currently a slow speed zone. And they will

20 downgrade this to an idle only zone.

21 (Comptroller Milligan entered the room.)

22 MR. STRUHS: And they will mark it

23 appropriately.

24 TREASURER GALLAGHER: I'd like to move

25 Item 11.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 198
November 27, 2001
1 COMMISSIONER BRONSON: Second.

2 GOVERNOR BUSH: There's a motion and a

3 second.

4 And we will have some discussion or -- is

5 everybody here all on one side?

6 MR. STRUHS: No, sir. It's -- it's about

7 evenly divided.

8 GOVERNOR BUSH: Okay. Well, let's -- let's

9 allow people to speak.

10 MR. STRUHS: As -- as custom would have it,

11 we'll go with the supporters first. And we

12 have Kim Allerton, with the Environmental

13 Resources Solutions; Quinton White,

14 Jacksonville University; Brad Thoburn from the

15 Mayor's office; and Mr. Carlucci, who is, as

16 you know, the President of the City Council.

17 GOVERNOR BUSH: If we could be brief, it

18 would be great.

19 Mr. President, how are you doing?

20 MR. CARLUCCI: I'm doing fine, sir.

21 GOVERNOR BUSH: Great.

22 Thank you for being here.

23 MR. CARLUCCI: Well, good afternoon,

24 Governor, and honorable members of the Cabinet.

25 I'm going to speak for several of the

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 199
November 27, 2001
1 speakers. They understand that. And I'm going

2 to keep my remarks brief. I'm in sales, I

3 don't want to oversell. But I don't want to

4 undersell.

5 My name is Matt Carlucci. I'm President of

6 the City Council in Jacksonville, Florida. I

7 began work on this project searching for a site

8 in September 1999, two years.

9 This was not the first location I came

10 upon, it's the last --

11 (Treasurer Gallagher exited the room.)

12 MR. CARLUCCI: -- location I came upon.

13 I looked at a lot of different locations,

14 and each location I looked at, there were

15 neighborhood objections, and they said, go find

16 another spot, and I did.

17 This was the last spot.

18 Duval County has an approved Manatee

19 Protection Plan. Goodbys Creek is listed as

20 approved for boat ramp construction, with

21 certain provisions.

22 The United States Fish and Wildlife Service

23 stated that the project will have no adverse

24 effect on the West Indian manatee.

25 We will add signs throughout the creek.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 200
November 27, 2001
1 There are none now. We'll restrict speed by

2 designating it as an idle only zone.

3 The City of Jacksonville will encumber

4 39 acres of commercially zoned property that is

5 currently under extreme commercial development

6 pressure right now. We will add

7 law enforcement to the creek and the existing

8 area that we don't have now.

9 For the record, the project is supported by

10 the Department of Environmental Protection, the

11 Mayor's office. I have Brad Thoburn here. He

12 could speak on behalf of the Mayor's office.

13 I'm going to speak for him.

14 I hope that's okay, Brad.

15 Jacksonville Waterways Commission supports

16 the project, Fish and Wildlife Conservation

17 Commission supports the wildlife (sic), the

18 Jacksonville City Council unanimously supports

19 the project.

20 The Jacksonville Planning Department

21 supports the project, Congressman

22 Ander Crenshaw supports the project,

23 Jacksonville Parks and Recreation Department

24 supports the project --

25 GOVERNOR BUSH: What's Mark Brunell's

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 201
November 27, 2001
1 position?

2 Playing the game --

3 MR. CARLUCCI: You know, I forgot to call

4 him.

5 COMMISSIONER CRIST: How about them Bucs?

6 MR. CARLUCCI: I'm -- I'm almost through,

7 Governor.

8 GOVERNOR BUSH: Okay.

9 MR. CARLUCCI: Florida Department of

10 Transportation; Former Mayor Tommy Hazouri;

11 Dr. Quinton White, marine biologist,

12 Jacksonville University; Jacksonville Sheriff's

13 Office; Marine Patrol.

14 The what it's worth category: I have

15 2,428 signatures on petitions. These are my

16 e-mails unsolicited that are for; these are the

17 e-mails unsolicited that were against.

18 This is a huge project for Jacksonville. I

19 could go on -- I've worked on this thing for

20 two years. It's hard for me to get up here

21 and -- and condense it.

22 But I'm just going to tell you, this is

23 what it boils down to: We are the River City,

24 in Jacksonville, Florida. And in the most

25 populated district of our county, we have the

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 202
November 27, 2001
1 least access to the St. Johns River. Shame on

2 us.

3 And that's what this project's about. Not

4 everybody can afford to live on the

5 St. Johns River. But some folks would like to

6 get to it. They have a boat, or they may just

7 want to go to the end of the dock and fish for

8 brim.

9 This is not just about a boat ramp. This

10 is about free public access to the

11 St. Johns River, the most important natural

12 resource that we have.

13 And it flows right under our nose. And

14 because we have such limited access in the most

15 highly dense populated quadrant of the City --

16 (Treasurer Gallagher entered the room.)

17 MR. CARLUCCI: -- we don't really fully

18 appreciate it.

19 Boat ramp and access will bring an

20 appreciation of this river, it will bring

21 ownership of our people to this river that

22 don't own riverfront property.

23 So I am here to strongly urge your support

24 for the submerged lands lease.

25 I don't know if I've got any time left, but

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 203
November 27, 2001
1 if I do, I'd like to give it to

2 Dr. Quinton White.

3 Thank you, Governor.

4 GOVERNOR BUSH: Thank you.

5 DR. WHITE: Thank you.

6 Thank you, Governor and Cabinet, for

7 allowing us to -- to present today.

8 I'm Quinton White. I'm a professor of

9 biology and marine science at

10 Jacksonville University.

11 I'm also Dean of the College of Arts and

12 Sciences.

13 In addition, I also represent -- or sit on

14 the Manatee Technical Advisory Council for the

15 State of Florida.

16 I've been studying manatees in Duval County

17 for 25 years, intensely for about the last ten

18 for the City of Jacksonville.

19 Goodbys Creek is a necessary public access

20 to the St. Johns River. As Council President

21 Carlucci said, there are no other sites in the

22 county.

23 You'll hear otherwise, but -- but we have

24 looked and looked and looked. The site is

25 consistent with the Manatee Protection Plan.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 204
November 27, 2001
1 Manatee protection has been very successful

2 in Jacksonville. In 1991, we had nine

3 manatee-related boat deaths. We've had zero

4 thus far this year. We've had less than --

5 average of less than three in the last

6 ten years.

7 So we've seen a significant decrease in

8 deaths. We've had no deaths in this area since

9 1985. So this is not a highly endangered area

10 of manatees.

11 In Goodbys Creek, there are no submerged

12 aquatic vegetation, there is no warm water

13 discharge. Manatees are only there six months

14 out of the year.

15 They migrate in in the spring, they migrate

16 out in the fall. They're there primarily in

17 the spring months and the fall months, where

18 they do, in fact, mate. But they're not there

19 to feed, they're not there to calve, we have no

20 recorded calving incidence in Goodbys Creek.

21 We are proposing that this become an idle

22 speed zone. There's currently a dry storage

23 marina in the creek, there is a rod and gun

24 club with boat slips in the creek, there's a

25 Hooter's restaurant in the creek.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 205
November 27, 2001
1 The ramp itself is going to be restricted

2 in terms of size of boats by a bridge that sits

3 just west of the ramp between it and the

4 St. Johns River.

5 We'll hear some discussion perhaps about

6 the necessity of dredging. Goodbys Creek needs

7 to be dredged, regardless of whether this ramp

8 is built or not.

9 The actual dredging for the ramp itself is

10 minimal. There has been pressure prior to 1999

11 to dredge Goodbys Creek, and there will

12 continue to be pressure for that.

13 There is adequate signage in the St. Johns

14 River. You'll sometimes hear there's not

15 adequate signage.

16 It's interesting, because the other side of

17 the coin, people are saying, oh, there's too

18 many signs. We're probably going to get taken

19 to court for too many signs.

20 So the things I would emphasize is we need

21 it for public access, it's compliant with

22 Manatee Protection Plan, there's adequate

23 signage, and dredging is not an issue for this

24 ramp.

25 Thank you very much.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 206
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: Thank you very much.

2 MR. STRUHS: And -- and -- and having

3 collapsed some of those presentations into just

4 two speakers, we're -- we're on schedule.

5 Mr. Kalvin -- Mr. Jim Kalvin is here

6 though, and -- and he's asked to take another

7 minute if he -- if he might.

8 And Mr. Kalvin will be the last speaker in

9 support of the project.

10 Then we have two who will speak in

11 opposition. Then we'll be done.

12 MR. KALVIN: Good afternoon, Governor,

13 Cabinet.

14 My name is Jim Kalvin. And I'm the

15 President and CEO of Standing Watch, which is a

16 statewide boaters coalition throughout the

17 state.

18 After memberships that we took in last

19 week, we're doing a census. But we will, at

20 the end of this week, represent over

21 15,000 people throughout the state of Florida.

22 And our issues are real simple. We want

23 access, balanced with reasonable regulation,

24 adequate law enforcement in consideration for

25 the economics of the region.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 207
November 27, 2001
1 And per the Fish and Wildlife Conservation

2 Commission report that I saw first at the

3 Boaters Advisory Council last month, this ramp

4 means an average income to the City of

5 Jacksonville of about 1.2 million dollars per

6 year.

7 The ramp's economic impact in Jacksonville

8 that exists today are over eighteen million

9 seven hundred thousand dollars, and provide

10 indirect business taxes of over 2.2 million

11 dollars.

12 We back Dr. White's recommendation, we back

13 staff recommendation, and we ask for your

14 consideration of the access of the people of

15 Duval County, our chapter members there, and

16 our chapter members from the rest of the state

17 of Florida who may want to go up and use the

18 St. Johns River.

19 And if there's any of my time left, I'd

20 respectfully like to say thank you, and yield

21 the balance to --

22 GOVERNOR BUSH: We're not -- we're not

23 into -- this is not like a parliamentary-run

24 Congress or London.

25 So --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 208
November 27, 2001
1 MR. KALVIN: I'm not a professional

2 politician yet, but --

3 GOVERNOR BUSH: You're getting there.

4 MR. KALVIN: Thank you.

5 GOVERNOR BUSH: Thank you.

6 I've got --

7 MR. CARLUCCI: Governor --

8 GOVERNOR BUSH: By the -- by the e-mails I

9 get from you, you're pretty good. So --

10 Yeah, Matt.

11 MR. CARLUCCI: I have an awful lot of

12 people drove up here this morning.

13 Could they stand real quick, please?

14 GOVERNOR BUSH: Yeah. Please.

15 MR. CARLUCCI: Those who are here that

16 came. They got up mighty early.

17 Thank you.

18 GOVERNOR BUSH: Thank you.

19 MR. KARNAS: Jerry Karnas, Save the Manatee

20 Club.

21 Goodbys Creek boat ramp is a tough call.

22 (Commissioner Bronson exited the room.)

23 MR. KARNAS: Due to poor planning in the

24 past, we are now resorting to locating very

25 large boat ramps in creeks in about 5 feet of

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 209
November 27, 2001
1 water.

2 Regardless of manatee issues, it's probably

3 not a good idea to locate a boat ramp of this

4 size in a creek of this size.

5 I was hoping today that we could strike a

6 balance between the need for water access and

7 the need for manatees to have an area in

8 urbanized Jacksonville for berthing, breeding,

9 and cavorting.

10 The Save the Manatee Club has, for many

11 years, thought that Goodbys Creek would be an

12 excellent location for a refuge, a refuge that

13 could serve two purposes, to protect manatees,

14 and to create an ecotourism and environmental

15 education opportunity for the people of

16 urbanized Jacksonville.

17 The Club thinks everyone should enjoy

18 Goodbys Creek, but in the appropriate manner.

19 Canoeing and kayaking near birthing or breeding

20 manatees is appropriate, but hovering over them

21 in a powerboat is not.

22 So how can we protect this special place

23 for manatees, and create a boating access

24 opportunity --

25 (Commissioner Bronson entered the room.)

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 210
November 27, 2001
1 MR. KARNAS: -- for Duval County's boaters?

2 I have a couple of ideas.

3 Number one is create a refuge in

4 conjunction -- a local county refuge, the first

5 of its kind in the state, with a boat ramp.

6 You have all 42 parking spots, boats go to

7 the left to the river where they're most likely

8 going to go anyway; and canoeists and kyacks

9 have an opportunity to go right. Residents

10 would get a pass to travel the nonmotorized

11 zone.

12 Decrease the number of parking spaces. If

13 approved, this would be one of the largest boat

14 ramps in the county. One would think that the

15 large ramps in the county would be sited on the

16 river, or in the downtown area. Fifteen or

17 twenty parking spaces would be more appropriate

18 for this locale, not 42.

19 Phase in the slips over time. Give an

20 opportunity for the local residents and the

21 Fish and Wildlife Commission to evaluate how

22 the manatees are affected in this area.

23 Approve 24 now, and 24 later after a study.

24 I offered all of these solutions to the

25 City of Jacksonville. None of them were, in my

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 211
November 27, 2001
1 opinion, given enough consideration.

2 This area is critical habitat for manatees,

3 and according to the Federal government, this

4 area has inadequate protection measures for

5 manatees.

6 This designation -- this is very

7 important -- means that both facilities cannot

8 increase vessel traffic until protection

9 measures are beefed up on the St. Johns River.

10 What Mr. White failed to mention is is that

11 the Federal government believes that the

12 signage in this area is inadequate, as is the

13 variable with the speed zone buffer.

14 Furthermore, the applicants' argument at

15 the Cabinet Aides meeting was that they will

16 not increase traffic on the creek because of a

17 marina across the way had burned down in the

18 past.

19 Well, that whole argument is now not

20 relevant, because the DEP has just received an

21 application to rebuild that very marina across

22 the creek.

23 This, as I said before, is a very tough

24 call. This is a time where the Club calls on

25 the Board to exercise its discretion, and to

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 212
November 27, 2001
1 give direction to the City for a more balanced

2 approach.

3 Thank you very much.

4 GOVERNOR BUSH: Thanks.

5 Thank you.

6 MR. STRUHS: I'm -- excuse me. I'm just

7 going to -- to correct the record.

8 I think Mr. Karnas was at one point talking

9 about 42 slips.

10 MR. KARNAS: Parking spaces.

11 MR. STRUHS: And -- and he -- and he meant

12 spaces. There are no -- there are no slips

13 with this project.

14 GOVERNOR BUSH: He said it right one time.

15 MR. STRUHS: I'm sorry.

16 I wanted to make sure there was no

17 confusion.

18 MR. VONN: Good morning.

19 I -- I hope it's still morning --

20 GOVERNOR BUSH: No, it isn't.

21 MR. VONN: -- anyway.

22 I'm Brian Vonn. I'm a resident of

23 Jacksonville, and I'm --

24 GOVERNOR BUSH: Welcome.

25 MR. VONN: -- a volunteer with the

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 213
November 27, 2001
1 Sierra Club. I took a vacation day to be here.

2 I'm also representing the Goodbys Waterway

3 Association, which is a coalition of neighbors

4 along Goodbys Creek. They did an excellent job

5 of putting together a lot of factual

6 information in the booklet that they're handing

7 out right here.

8 I'm representing the 24,000 members of the

9 Florida Sierra Club.

10 You know, Goodbys Creek is clearly a well

11 documented habitat for manatee. I think it's

12 very important to realize that during the

13 survey in '99, there were 80 manatees,

14 including seven calves in that creek. And it's

15 a very small, narrow creek. And there's many

16 well documented cases of manatees mating and

17 birthing in that creek.

18 So it's very prime habitat for the

19 procreation of that species.

20 The absence of grass beds is frequently

21 made a factor why it's not an issue to have a

22 boat ramp. Obviously for mating and birthing,

23 you don't need grass beds. It's not part of

24 that activity.

25 Also manatees have a very imprinted

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 214
November 27, 2001
1 behavior. They return to that creek

2 repeatedly, because they have done so

3 historically for thousands of years.

4 We're not going to change their behavior,

5 except detrimentally.

6 Also the -- the group did a very wonderful

7 job in your handout here of calculating the

8 density of manatees in this tributary.

9 They took the survey from Duval County,

10 they took the acreage from the St. Johns

11 Water Management District, and they calculated

12 out of the eight tributaries in Duval County.

13 Goodbys Creek has a 43-times density of

14 manatees. So they are very dense in this

15 creek.

16 Consequently, it's pretty obvious, this

17 shows that boating activities in this creek

18 will have a far higher impact than they would

19 anywhere else. Obviously if manatees are

20 dense, boats are a major issue.

21 Goodbys Creek basin is also a habitat for

22 other species, including the endangered

23 wood stork. And it's used for other activities

24 such as the Bolles School Rowing Team uses the

25 creek, because it is quiet, small, and narrow.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 215
November 27, 2001
1 And this is precisely the kind of habitat

2 that is protected under the Endangered Species

3 Act in the Fish and Wildlife Service rules.

4 As you all realize, essentially the Act

5 states that harm includes impairing central

6 behavior, such as breeding and birthing, not

7 just outright wounding and killing of the

8 manatees.

9 That said, the manatees are under great

10 pressure. Virtually all of them have prop

11 scars. I've seen it myself. I've gone

12 snorkeling with them out at Crystal River.

13 And clearly it's the responsibility of the

14 agencies to protect the manatees, including

15 cumulative impacts, which is one of the big

16 flaws of the study that's been done. No

17 cumulative impacts have been evaluated here.

18 And all this was also well established with

19 the recent settlement of the Save the Manatee

20 Club versus Ballard, where there were

21 19 plaintiffs, including the Sierra Club, and

22 it was all about cumulative impacts on the

23 manatee and the will of the agencies to back up

24 the Endangered Species Act.

25 Again, I'm not an attorney, so I really

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 216
November 27, 2001
1 don't know the nuances, and shouldn't probably

2 try to characterize it too much.

3 We're concerned that the due diligence of

4 the boat ramp on the manatees was not done by

5 the agencies. We basically feel the City did a

6 flawed study, handed it to the agencies, and

7 the agencies rubber stamped it with their

8 approval.

9 And I'm about to point out all the flaws

10 that are in this study that was done by the

11 City. And the whole City's premise is that

12 there'll be no net boating increase because of

13 the historical use of the marina.

14 And one of the major flaws the City study

15 did is they compared wet slips in the marina to

16 parking spots in the boat ramp. And this is

17 apples to oranges, because the utilization rate

18 is different.

19 Obviously wet slips, when you drive by

20 them, you see the boats there bobbing up and

21 down.

22 The -- again, the -- the homeowners

23 association did a wonderful job with the

24 calculation. They got the industry

25 standards -- they didn't make this up -- they

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 217
November 27, 2001
1 got the industry standards from the marine

2 industry that shows that only 5 to 10 percent

3 of boats in wet slips are in use at any one

4 time.

5 Clearly, at a boat ramp, the parking

6 spaces, if there's a boat there, that boat's in

7 use. It's like 100 percent utilization.

8 Using that calculation, they came up with a

9 350 percent increase in boating activity from

10 the ramp, as compared to the old marina.

11 Also the agencies didn't establish a clear

12 baseline of boating activity in the creek.

13 They merely compared the marina against the

14 ramp. They didn't show how many boat trips are

15 going to be in that creek, given all the

16 sources of boating activity.

17 And also the study didn't account at all

18 for usage patterns. Obviously a lot of boaters

19 will also go upstream as tourists.

20 They didn't distinguish between the fact

21 that there are three lanes in the new ramp, and

22 one lane at the marina.

23 And they misrepresented a lot of facts

24 about when the marina went out of use. They

25 stated it went out of use in '98. It burned

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 218
November 27, 2001
1 down in '95.

2 They misrepresented when slips were used.

3 Some of the slips in their count went out of

4 use in -- in the '80s.

5 Bottom line, we're real disappointed. We

6 think the City showed bad faith on manatee

7 protection. That creek has not been dredged in

8 30 years. It doesn't need dredging. Yet the

9 City did not show that as part of a

10 comprehensive disclosure of their activities

11 for the ramp.

12 They didn't tell us they're planning on

13 dredging it. They've had public hearings.

14 They were aware of the fact that there's a

15 fast trick -- fast track permit to open 13 wet

16 slips at the old marina. These were approved

17 by the City as part of the development of a

18 Walgreen's at the old marina site. The City

19 knew that they were going to reopen wet slips.

20 The City also states that they'll implement

21 idle speed and signs with the ramp. Excuse me.

22 But they could do that now. I -- I personally

23 am offended if someone withholds protection

24 unless I do something for -- that they want.

25 They could be protecting the manatees

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 219
November 27, 2001
1 further at this point.

2 Also, there is already a reasonable --

3 GOVERNOR BUSH: Are you --

4 MR. VONN: Time?

5 MR. STRUHS: If you could wrap it up.

6 GOVERNOR BUSH: Yeah.

7 MR. VONN: Okay. I will wrap up.

8 My apologies.

9 MR. STRUHS: That's all right.

10 MR. VONN: The conclusion points really are

11 that --

12 GOVERNOR BUSH: It's a great tradition, by

13 the way, around here. No one seems to listen

14 to the --

15 MR. VONN: I'm -- I'm sorry.

16 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- so you're not --

17 you're -- you're in good company.

18 MR. VONN: Anyway, the -- the bottom line

19 is the proposed ramp will have a large increase

20 in boating. It is not an equal amount of

21 boating. And it's a very important manatee

22 habitat.

23 And basically the neighborhood group, with

24 their careful work, show that this is three

25 times more boating in a -- a tributary that has

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 220
November 27, 2001
1 43 times the density of manatees.

2 The study is seriously flawed, it doesn't

3 show a historical baseline, it doesn't show the

4 true impact of the ramp, and it doesn't show

5 the regional cumulative impacts on the manatee.

6 And I thank you.

7 GOVERNOR BUSH: Thank you very much for

8 coming.

9 MR. STRUHS: That concludes the speakers,

10 and this is the last agenda item for the Board

11 of Trustees.

12 GOVERNOR BUSH: Any discussion?

13 Is there a motion?

14 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Motion.

15 GOVERNOR BUSH: Has it been moved and

16 seconded already?

17 TREASURER GALLAGHER: And seconded.

18 GOVERNOR BUSH: We're going to have a vote.

19 All in favor?

20 THE CABINET: Aye.

21 GOVERNOR BUSH: All opposed?

22 The motion passes.

23 MR. STRUHS: Thank you.

24 GOVERNOR BUSH: Thank you all very much.

25

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRUSTEES/INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT TRUST FUND 221
November 27, 2001
1 (The Board of Trustees of the Internal

2 Improvement Trust Fund Agenda was concluded.)

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 222
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: State Board of

2 Administration.

3 (Commissioner Bronson,

4 Attorney General Butterworth,

5 Commissioner Crist, and Secretary Harris exited

6 the room.)

7 (Discussion off the record.)

8 GOVERNOR BUSH: Okay. Item 1.

9 MR. HERNDON: Item 1 is approval of the

10 minutes of the meeting held November 14th.

11 GOVERNOR BUSH: Is there a motion?

12 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: The minutes we're

13 talking about?

14 GOVERNOR BUSH: Minutes. Yes.

15 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: I -- I would be

16 happy to move the minutes from the November 14

17 meeting.

18 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Second.

19 GOVERNOR BUSH: Is there a second?

20 Moved and seconded.

21 Without objection, it's approved.

22 MR. HERNDON: Item Number 2 is approval of

23 a fiscal sufficiency of an issue not exceeding

24 50 million dollars State of Florida, full faith

25 and credit, Department of Transportation right

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 223
November 27, 2001
1 of way acquisition and bridge construction

2 bonds.

3 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Motion --

4 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Move Item 2.

5 GOVERNOR BUSH: Moved and --

6 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Second.

7 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- moved and seconded.

8 Without objection, it's approved.

9 MR. HERNDON: Item Number 3, approval of a

10 fiscal sufficiency not exceeding twenty-five

11 million five hundred thousand dollar State of

12 Florida, Florida Board of Education,

13 Florida State University housing facility

14 revenue bonds.

15 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Motion.

16 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Second.

17 GOVERNOR BUSH: Moved and seconded.

18 Without objection, it's approved.

19 MR. HERNDON: Item Number 4, approval of a

20 fiscal sufficiency not exceeding 35 million

21 dollars State of Florida, Florida Board of

22 Education, university system improvement

23 revenue bonds.

24 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Motion.

25 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Second.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 224
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: Moved and seconded.

2 Without objection, it's approved.

3 MR. HERNDON: Item Number 5, approval of a

4 fiscal determination of an amount not exceeding

5 five million one hundred and fifty thousand

6 dollar tax exempt, and one million seven

7 hundred and fifteen thousand dollar taxable,

8 Florida Housing Finance Corporation, Housing

9 Revenue Bonds for the Sheridan Place Apartments

10 in Manatee County.

11 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Move it.

12 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Second.

13 GOVERNOR BUSH: Moved and seconded.

14 Without objection, it's approved.

15 MR. HERNDON: Item Number 6 is a request of

16 approval for the following rules. All of these

17 rules regard the investment of our local

18 government investment pool, which is a pool of

19 money that the Board manages on behalf of local

20 governments.

21 All of these rules are --

22 GOVERNOR BUSH: Can we -- can we have a --

23 everybody please be quiet so I can -- I'm hard

24 of hearing when there's a lot of noise.

25 I must have listened to too much rock music

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 225
November 27, 2001
1 when I was kid.

2 MR. HERNDON: All of these rules are -- are

3 primarily procedural in fashion. And there was

4 no hearing requested. There's no controversy

5 associated with the rules.

6 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Can I ask a question

7 on it?

8 MR. HERNDON: Yes, sir.

9 TREASURER GALLAGHER: What -- what is the

10 reason for the changes in the rules?

11 Is this allowing those of us easier access,

12 is it allowing a method of -- of figuring what

13 the interest rate is? Just -- what are we

14 doing here?

15 MR. HERNDON: Well, it does a variety of

16 things, some of which you just described, some

17 of which it also brings the -- the investment

18 pool into compliance with Federal regulations

19 that have recently been updated and so forth.

20 And we can go through these -- I mean, I

21 don't --

22 TREASURER GALLAGHER: I just want to --

23 MR. HERNDON: Yeah.

24 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- in generally

25 what --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 226
November 27, 2001
1 MR. HERNDON: Generally, that's the case.

2 It -- it clarifies some of the procedures

3 for the members of the pool. As you know, it's

4 all local governments out there so that they

5 understand exactly how transfers of monies in

6 and out are -- are conducted, it addresses the

7 question of how to calculate the net asset

8 value of the funds and so on and so forth.

9 GOVERNOR BUSH: Colleen, could you go

10 outside --

11 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Easier access --

12 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- tell them to please --

13 MR. HERNDON: Beg your pardon?

14 GOVERNOR BUSH: I'm sorry.

15 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Does it give easier

16 access to the local government to the pools?

17 MR. HERNDON: I -- I don't know that you'd

18 characterize it as ease of -- of access

19 necessarily, because they essentially wire

20 money in and out throughout the day now. It's

21 pretty straightforward for the most part.

22 It's primarily procedures in terms of how

23 we calculate the NAV and so forth.

24 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Will this give them

25 an -- a higher interest rate in general, or

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 227
November 27, 2001
1 lower, or --

2 MR. HERNDON: I -- I'm doubtful of that.

3 Let me --

4 TREASURER GALLAGHER: It doesn't really

5 pool long-- longer-term money and shorter-term

6 money --

7 MR. HERNDON: No. Let me ask Barbara,

8 who's here; and Cindy Gokel, who is here.

9 But --

10 MS. THOMAS: No.

11 MR. HERNDON: -- my recollection is it --

12 it really doesn't have any bearing on the

13 duration of the pool's investments, or anything

14 like that.

15 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Move it.

16 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Second.

17 GOVERNOR BUSH: Moved and seconded.

18 Without objection, it's approved.

19 MR. HERNDON: Item Number 7 is hopefully

20 the final recommendations of the staff of the

21 State Board regarding the selection of bundled

22 providers for the PEORP program.

23 As you'll recall --

24 GOVERNOR BUSH: Can I -- can I --

25 MR. HERNDON: -- at your last --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 228
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- make a suggestion on how

2 we proceed, just to -- to maybe simplify this

3 process a bit?

4 MR. HERNDON: Yes, sir.

5 GOVERNOR BUSH: Because it has a tendency

6 to -- has a chance of -- of running off into

7 the sunset. And I think we've -- we've had

8 enough discussion.

9 What I would suggest, Tom, is that we --

10 you present the item generally, and maybe give

11 us an update on what's happened in the last

12 two weeks; allow individual speakers that are

13 not affiliated with any of the bundled

14 providers to speak.

15 And -- and I don't know if any others have

16 signed up. But Tom Cerra is here, as well as

17 Russell Bjorkman.

18 And then present each company. And you can

19 make a critique of their pros and cons in terms

20 of the -- their investment alternatives and

21 their fees and services they're going to

22 provide, and allow us to vote up or down on

23 each one of them going forward.

24 And then I guess there'd be the -- the five

25 bundled providers, plus the -- we probably need

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 229
November 27, 2001
1 an update as well on the -- on the

2 self-directed brokerage.

3 Is that acceptable for the --

4 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: That's outstanding.

5 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Yeah.

6 I -- I just want to mention one thing, just

7 because I feel like I should.

8 As General Milligan knows, we've had some

9 problems in the deferred comp area. And one of

10 those problems is when a -- when a bundled

11 provider provides a number of investments that

12 people can choose, obviously some are better

13 than others.

14 And one of the options is here that --

15 probably are going to take would be to

16 eliminate those in a group that don't perform

17 as well as others in a group perform.

18 That way hoping that we wouldn't be

19 limiting what people could choose to go into,

20 and sort of be forced into feeling they were

21 locked into just, you know, one particular

22 provider when they basically should have the

23 ability to choose from other ones.

24 And I -- I throw that out, because I'm

25 concerned that we have -- I know everybody

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 230
November 27, 2001
1 wants choice. But we -- we've ended up now in

2 the deferred comp with 150 separate places for

3 people to choose.

4 I think that's impossible for people to

5 figure out when you end up with that many, with

6 some things people really shouldn't choose.

7 But they're there, and they can choose them.

8 And sometimes they can get talked into them.

9 So I throw that out just as an alternative

10 that I think we should think about.

11 And with that, I'll turn it back over to

12 Mr. Herndon.

13 GOVERNOR BUSH: Okay. I -- I've thought

14 about -- I mean, I don't -- I think that would

15 really change the whole path that we've been on

16 for the last -- seems like a decade, but it's

17 been just a year.

18 And they still -- people still have the --

19 the opportunity to choose, don't they,

20 Commissioner?

21 I mean, that -- that's part of your efforts

22 here, I think, has created a -- about as

23 unbundled a bundled provider system for people

24 so that they can take advantage of the bundled

25 nature of this, or they can pick and choose

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 231
November 27, 2001
1 between the investment options.

2 I mean, you're giving -- really it's at

3 your insistence that that happens.

4 So --

5 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Well, I think that --

6 one -- I mean, one of the things is that the

7 products that are offered by each, you know,

8 are the -- the best products that bundled

9 providers offer, in most cases. But some are

10 better than others. Let's -- I want to

11 mention.

12 I'm not sure that it's always easy for

13 people to see that.

14 I know in the deferred comp plan, when you

15 get into a bundled provider, you can't get out,

16 and you're sort of there.

17 And this does allow you to do that. I

18 don't know how one would know to do it. But

19 I guess that would be up to our -- the

20 education --

21 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: I believe --

22 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- for the

23 employee --

24 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- one of the things

25 that we tried to get at in the most recent

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 232
November 27, 2001
1 series of negotiations and future contracts

2 that may be agreed to, was our ability to get

3 rid of poor performance.

4 And -- and I think that in large part

5 alleviates the concern that I think we both

6 share about deferred compensation.

7 And so that it gives us the clout

8 besides -- jawboning I think was the term we

9 used last time -- gives us -- and I hope we are

10 able to have far more clout than jawboning.

11 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Well, my -- if I may,

12 just pursue that.

13 I'm not sure what a poor performer is. We

14 have -- I mean, we can pick one where there's

15 five separate choices that I see here.

16 And they range from -- and I'm going to use

17 the five-year annualized -- annualized net,

18 from a 22.2 return to as low as a 15.9.

19 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: I -- I -- I think --

20 TREASURER GALLAGHER: That's a pretty big

21 range.

22 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: I think though that

23 part of the negotiation process, and correct me

24 if I'm wrong --

25 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Could you get closer

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 233
November 27, 2001
1 to the mic?

2 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- the problems --

3 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Because I don't know

4 about the rest of you, but I'm having a hard

5 time hearing you.

6 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Well, I'm hard to --

7 maybe I'd better sit down here.

8 I -- I believe that --

9 GOVERNOR BUSH: That's a bad sign.

10 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- an important part

11 of the negotiation process is to, in fact, try

12 to define the parameters for identifying poor

13 performance.

14 Obviously you just can't pull out of the

15 sky the idea that this is -- it's a poor

16 performer, and another one is not.

17 Because part of the negotiation process

18 would include defining parameters for

19 establishing when a particular product is a

20 poor performer.

21 Is that fair, Tom?

22 MR. HERNDON: Yes, sir.

23 In fact, we've looked at a number of

24 different strategies. We haven't decided on

25 one at this point. But we've talked about them

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 234
November 27, 2001
1 with the companies.

2 And they all are generally amenable to

3 established protocol that they could all

4 follow.

5 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Well, and -- and

6 it'll be basically where -- I mean, somebody

7 has to make a final decision without it going

8 through administrative hearing and everything

9 else, which you're going to have, when you have

10 a poor performer.

11 So I think there should be something in

12 there, whether you bring it to us, and we

13 probably have to make a final judgment of

14 whether we agree with you or them, whether it's

15 a poor performer or not.

16 At least --

17 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Well, if -- if --

18 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- criteria.

19 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- we accept any

20 bundled providers today, I presume that we in

21 contract negotiations, I would assume, we'll

22 see those contract negotiations and resolve

23 them.

24 MR. HERNDON: Yes, sir.

25 And, in fact, what we would contemplate is

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 235
November 27, 2001
1 in the contract, we will specify, based on your

2 decisions here today, the investment products

3 and the relevant benchmark for those investment

4 products.

5 And then typically what occurs is that the

6 plan sponsor in this case, the FRS; and the

7 vendor agree on a period of time, six quarters

8 of performance, for example, or three years, or

9 some amount of time at which point if a fund

10 has underperformed the benchmark, they're

11 either put on some sort of watch list, or

12 they're automatically triggered a

13 recommendation to you to -- to delete that

14 particular investment product.

15 And those specifics we haven't resolved.

16 But that's the kind of process we would

17 contemplate.

18 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Would they --

19 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Recommending,

20 Governor, we get on with it though.

21 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Would they be

22 different for different funds?

23 MR. HERNDON: They could be, yes, depending

24 on the nature of the product and index fund,

25 for example, probably going to have a

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 236
November 27, 2001
1 little bit different protocol than an actively

2 managed fund that takes on more risks and

3 so forth, you would expect that they would

4 perform a little bit better in the former case

5 and be less volatile.

6 So you may have a little bit -- you

7 certainly have a different benchmark. And you

8 may have a slightly different time period

9 involved in it, and so forth.

10 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Okay.

11 GOVERNOR BUSH: Very good.

12 MR. HERNDON: Well, Governor, members, as

13 you'll recall at the November 14th meeting, you

14 sent us off to negotiate with the five proposed

15 finalists, which we were able to do on the

16 successive two-and-a-half days after the -- the

17 meeting.

18 We had very good discussions with all five

19 of the firms. All five of the firms were very

20 cooperative and very cordial in the

21 discussions, and we made a great deal of

22 progress.

23 In fact, we eliminated the concerns that we

24 had up to that point regarding interaction with

25 the third party administrator. We also

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 237
November 27, 2001
1 eliminated any real concerns that we had

2 regarding transition issues.

3 As you'll recall, there were a number of

4 organizations where the mutual funds that they

5 were marketing had an inability in some cases

6 to accept in-kind transfers. Those have

7 largely gone away.

8 And we've also largely resolved any

9 lingering concern that we had over compliance

10 issues, the kind of thing that you were just

11 describing, for a poor performing fund.

12 All of the firms have agreed -- and,

13 in fact, were quite willing to step up and say

14 that that would not be a problem for them.

15 They're all accustomed to those kinds of

16 situations when they do occur. And they were

17 more than happy to enter into a contract that

18 stipulated those kinds of -- of procedures.

19 We also were successful in every respect in

20 lowering the fees for the various proposals.

21 And while costs still remains a paramount issue

22 in this equation, all of them were thoughtful

23 enough to bring their costs more closely in

24 line with one another.

25 So basically, in our view, the issue boils

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 238
November 27, 2001
1 down to questions of performance, costs, and

2 education.

3 We also looked at, because I know it's been

4 discussed at some length, the -- the context in

5 which most large defined contribution plans

6 operate throughout the country, and the context

7 in which large -- or -- or defined contribution

8 plans operate throughout the country and

9 provide your offices with some insight along

10 the lines of what are the average number of --

11 of investment options and so on and so forth.

12 And ultimately what we did, so that you

13 have some appreciation for how we arrived at

14 the recommendation, was we took all five of the

15 companies and all of their investment choices,

16 and we calculated two different kinds of risk

17 adjusted returns, the kind that we have used

18 throughout this process, the excess return

19 ratios, and then we also calculated the

20 information ratio, which is the ratio that the

21 folks from Fidelity have proposed as an

22 alternative.

23 We also calculated gross adjusted returns,

24 and net adjusted returns, so you've netted out

25 the fees. And we've given you a calculation

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 239
November 27, 2001
1 based on our sense of how the funds complement

2 the unbundled line-up, and the degree to which

3 they have the best in class products in their

4 line-up.

5 And all of those things we displayed on the

6 various spreadsheets.

7 And we have the ability to look at each

8 individual company's offerings, compared to

9 each other company's offerings, and tried to

10 craft a line-up that we thought was diverse

11 enough -- in other words, it cut across a

12 number of specific asset classes that presented

13 us with the best probability of outperformance,

14 that gave us the best fee structure, and

15 complemented the educational program the best.

16 And after doing that kind of analysis, it

17 was our recommendation that three firms should

18 be considered for further examination.

19 And those are the three firms that are in

20 front of you today: Prudential, Nationwide,

21 and Fidelity.

22 And that's not to suggest in any sense that

23 the other two firms aren't very worthwhile

24 organizations. They certainly are. But we

25 just felt like that gave you 30 different

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 240
November 27, 2001
1 investment options, it gave you a very wide

2 array of options across a number of investment

3 classes, it eliminated the specific

4 duplications where we didn't think it was

5 beneficial to the membership, and it tried to

6 capture the strongest performance and -- and --

7 and cost track record that we could.

8 So that's how we got to where we are today.

9 I know you want to go into some of the

10 specifics, which we can do in just a moment.

11 But as you mentioned, Mr. Cerra and

12 Mr. Bjorkman are both here as individuals. And

13 perhaps now would be the appropriate time for

14 them to go ahead and speak.

15 GOVERNOR BUSH: I think so.

16 If they could briefly speak, it would be

17 appreciated.

18 Thank you, Tom.

19 MR. CERRA: Governor, Trustees, my speech

20 originally said good morning, but it's now

21 good afternoon.

22 The fundamental premise of the defined

23 contribution program is that every employee,

24 who so chooses, will be empowered to take

25 control of his or own (sic) retirement program,

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 241
November 27, 2001
1 of his or own -- her own retirement life.

2 No State bureaucracy should substitute that

3 for that empowerment. This is not the State's

4 retirement program. It is the employee's

5 retirement program.

6 They are not the State retirement funds any

7 longer, they are the employees' retirement

8 funds. And 300,000 education employees,

9 represented by the Independent Retirement

10 Commission, clearly have said they want the

11 broadest possible choice of products and

12 services.

13 I represent the Independent Retirement

14 Commission. We've been working for four years

15 on this issue. It is the only organization of

16 its kind in America to represent a coalition of

17 school system employees, including teachers and

18 management, and elected school officials, under

19 one umbrella in the pursuit of a single common

20 goal: Modernizing the State Retirement System.

21 Today you have yet another SBA

22 recommendation before you. Now that you -- the

23 SBA has negotiated the last, best, and final

24 offer for the third time, you are receiving

25 three names. And if the Trustees accept them,

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 242
November 27, 2001
1 the SBA staff will go back and negotiate one

2 more time.

3 Neither -- never mind the fact that five

4 companies were recommended by your SBA

5 Advisory Committee, and that has now been

6 reduced to three.

7 Never mind every time you get a list of

8 providers, it changes. Never mind that the

9 negotiations that were supposed to satisfy the

10 employees' desire for a full range of bundled

11 services have produced instead a watered-down

12 version of bundled services that now are really

13 unbundled, not bundled.

14 The very essence of a defined contribution

15 plan is to allow employees to take

16 responsibility for their futures. The IRC

17 represents more than half of those employees in

18 FRS, and we know they're prepared to take that

19 responsibility.

20 We know that because we have surveyed them.

21 And they want the widest possible choice, they

22 want investment provider choice.

23 In that survey, 88 percent of the employees

24 said they wanted brand name companies,

25 nationally recognized companies.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 243
November 27, 2001
1 Ninety-three percent said they wanted five

2 to ten companies. The issue today before you

3 is three to five. But they wanted five to ten.

4 But the SBA staff is negotiating plans, and

5 squeezing potential providers so that ultim--

6 ultimately the people we represent still will

7 not have the full range of choice they want.

8 They still won't have access to providers who

9 will be able to offer them the full breadth and

10 scope of bundled services.

11 The SBA effectively has unbundled the

12 bundled providers to the point where today now

13 there is no true bundled choice.

14 That's the point we find ourselves, a long

15 way from where the employees said they wanted

16 to be.

17 All this is being done in the name of low

18 costs. Keep it down, keep the costs down.

19 Price is the single most important issue,

20 according to the SBA.

21 But -- and announced as the SBA's own

22 in-house program has clearly shown that its

23 program may not be the lowest cost program

24 available.

25 In fact, the only true unknown element in

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 244
November 27, 2001
1 this entire program design is the untested,

2 untried, unbundled, in-house approach being

3 allocated by the SBA staff with a $200 per hour

4 advisement session that doesn't count against

5 their costs.

6 I am, by training and experience, a

7 negotiator. I've always operated and done

8 successfully on the basic premise of good faith

9 bargaining. There has been no good faith

10 bargaining anywhere in this process.

11 From the onset, the SBA has not wanted the

12 DC program. They opposed the DC program

13 initially.

14 GOVERNOR BUSH: Tom, how we doing in --

15 MR. CERRA: I'm almost finished, Governor.

16 GOVERNOR BUSH: Okay.

17 MR. CERRA: When it failed, they went on to

18 come up with a plan where there would be only

19 one provider.

20 When that failed, they came up with this --

21 this plan that's before you here today.

22 We respectfully submit to you, we believe

23 that more in this case is better. We are not

24 concerned about too many choices. We want the

25 employees to have the ability that every survey

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 245
November 27, 2001
1 has shown that they want the providers, we want

2 that choice, we want the options that we

3 believe are absolutely necessary for this to

4 work.

5 Self-determination is the core of a

6 successfully defined contribution program. You

7 are about to make a decision between private

8 enterprise and public bureaucracy.

9 It's ironic, in the area of government

10 downsizing, privatizing, and public school

11 choice, the issue before you here today is to

12 whether or not to let private enterprise in.

13 GOVERNOR BUSH: It is ironic.

14 MR. CERRA: I repeat, the fundamental

15 premise of the defined contribution plan is to

16 empower employees to take control of their own

17 retirement futures.

18 Governors (sic), Trustees, it's before you

19 today.

20 GOVERNOR BUSH: That irony goes both ways,

21 by the way, since the teachers are embracing

22 choice.

23 That's an exciting -- exciting thing.

24 MR. CERRA: We led the way, Governor. And

25 it's not just the teachers, it's the

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 246
November 27, 2001
1 school boards and administrators.

2 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- choice.

3 GOVERNOR BUSH: I know. I'm excited about

4 that.

5 Across the board.

6 Mr. Bjorkman.

7 Parents included, right?

8 MR. CERRA: Yes, sir.

9 TREASURER GALLAGHER: But the --

10 MR. BJORKMAN: Hi.

11 GOVERNOR BUSH: Hi.

12 MR. BJORKMAN: Good morning -- or

13 afternoon.

14 I'll be brief. And going after Tom always

15 makes me a little milder.

16 The -- I think that I appreciate the

17 opportunity to have been involved in this

18 process for the last several years.

19 I am thankful for your time, and I am quite

20 sure that your recent decision is going to be

21 much better than the decision that came out of

22 this very building a year or so ago.

23 If I may -- if I may, I'd like to summarize

24 real quickly the way that I see this event.

25 A DC program has been mandated. On the one

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 247
November 27, 2001
1 hand, there's a bureaucracy that thinks that

2 they can do it best, and they should run the

3 company store.

4 The other hand is private enterprise that

5 says that they can do it best, and they want to

6 have a shot at the action.

7 In my opinion, in the middle is the

8 employee participant. And what's best for them

9 is obviously the decision that you're trying to

10 make.

11 And in my view, that decision is a choice

12 between the company store and the individual

13 private enterprise provider.

14 Excuse me.

15 I label this as choice competition in the

16 free market without confusion.

17 And that's what, Commissioner Gallagher,

18 you've talked about and I agree with, the

19 confusion of the existing deferred comp

20 program. But this program is designed very

21 differently.

22 It was my understanding that what the

23 educational content was to be, was to be DB/DC,

24 asset allocation, and all of the tools that

25 were available to the people.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 248
November 27, 2001
1 Part of those tools should be comprehensive

2 line-up of funds and some bundled providers.

3 There should be a level playing field that

4 I'm sure you're going to talk about in a

5 little bit as to how you create that level

6 playing field. But I think that that's one of

7 the choice concepts that should be here.

8 I have faith that the participant employees

9 can make those choices. I really do. I don't

10 think it should be a company store with one of

11 individual -- of each individual product.

12 Is that a little more difficult to operate?

13 Absolutely.

14 But is it doable?

15 Yes, I think it is doable.

16 I'm a -- I'm a little disappointed, quite

17 frankly, in the way that the staff has

18 approached this in that rather than work

19 towards putting a program together as to how to

20 deliver this series of choices without

21 confusion, it appears to me that the effort has

22 been to figure out how to dismantle a bundled

23 line-up of funds.

24 And once again, I'm confident that as the

25 next few minutes goes on, you're going to

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 249
November 27, 2001
1 address each one of those issues.

2 The -- excuse me -- the magic number. I

3 don't think there is a magic number. I believe

4 that five is a nice table setting.

5 Would I be totally upset if there was six?

6 No.

7 Do I think ten is too many?

8 Absolutely.

9 Part of the design in the duplication of

10 fund concept question that you had,

11 Commissioner Gallagher, was if you roll back

12 the clock to the way that this was designed,

13 each -- each company was allowed to put three

14 funds for each of the individual categories up.

15 Part of that negotiation process was to

16 have in -- was to reduce the duplication of

17 funds. That was part of that design.

18 Unfortunately, the way this has all either

19 unraveled or come together, that's been lost.

20 But I do believe that that can be accomplished.

21 One thing that I would encourage you to do

22 as you make your final decisions is that this

23 program go forward as a complete program, not

24 on separate tracks with bundled providers and

25 unbundled providers.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 250
November 27, 2001
1 I think that it should go forward together.

2 Now, it appears to me that a danger of that

3 is that it could be delayed because of the

4 Administrative Procedures Act. I don't know

5 that answer.

6 But I do think that it needs to go forward

7 together, not in a separate -- in a separate

8 state.

9 The -- there's been a lot of discussion

10 about the 30.5 basis points, et cetera.

11 What I would share with you about that is

12 that 1 hour of time, and a $10,000 transfer

13 balance would be a 200 basis point charge. So

14 30.5 basis points doesn't seem all that high.

15 Yes, sir.

16 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Just ask a question.

17 You're right, except if you take that

18 30.5 basis points is for every single year as

19 long as a person's there. And when you

20 multiply that out, it -- it becomes $20,000,

21 30,000, depending on, you know, how much

22 money's there.

23 So that's a pretty expensive one visit,

24 compared to $200.

25 MR. BJORKMAN: Yes. And --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 251
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: Russell, we'll probably

2 have a chance to visit that subject more

3 specifically --

4 MR. BJORKMAN: Okay.

5 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Let me just ask --

6 just --

7 MR. BJORKMAN: I --

8 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- counter --

9 MR. BJORKMAN: I --

10 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- the way you made

11 it, it's like it's a one-year deal. If it was,

12 great, that's --

13 MR. BJORKMAN: You're --

14 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- fine.

15 MR. BJORKMAN: You're right. Except --

16 except that financial planning should not be

17 done in a vacuum, which means an annual review,

18 an annual assessment of the investments and the

19 specifics of that individual.

20 And so the -- with a -- with a 30 basis

21 point fee -- and I'm not -- I don't mean to

22 overly be pulling or pushing for VALIC here,

23 but I am trying to discuss this fee for service

24 versus the all encompassing concept.

25 Probably a good analogy that no doubt

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 252
November 27, 2001
1 you've heard is a cell phone and unlimited

2 service concept.

3 Some people are happy to pay a per minute

4 charge, some people would rather have an

5 all inclusive charge. I think that's a pretty

6 good analogy.

7 And once again, to me, the beauty of that

8 is choice.

9 And I understood that one of the major

10 components of the educational -- of the -- of

11 the independent educational approach here was

12 to explain that bundled cost concept in this

13 whole process.

14 That's what I understood a big part of this

15 educational component was.

16 GOVERNOR BUSH: So can you -- can you wrap

17 it up?

18 MR. BJORKMAN: Yes, sir.

19 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Quick question,

20 Governor.

21 Clarify your forward together --

22 MR. BJORKMAN: My who what?

23 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- statement.

24 You made a comment that -- at first, going

25 forward together as a concern.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 253
November 27, 2001
1 And I -- I need some clarification.

2 MR. BJORKMAN: Sure.

3 If -- if there are complaints, objections,

4 whatever, that end up in the Administrative

5 Procedures Act, and that stalls all bundled

6 providers moving forward, and that allows --

7 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Okay. So the

8 reference was not to something that the State

9 Board of Administration is doing that would --

10 MR. BJORKMAN: Not necessarily.

11 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- going forward

12 together if there were bundled providers.

13 MR. BJORKMAN: Yes, sir.

14 I -- I think the answer to that's yes.

15 GOVERNOR BUSH: You don't want to -- you

16 don't suggest -- what you want to avoid is

17 having one option available and another not

18 available --

19 MR. BJORKMAN: Not available.

20 Right. Yes, sir.

21 Okay?

22 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: All right.

23 MR. BJORKMAN: That answer it?

24 I obviously will be here.

25 Thank you.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 254
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: Thank you.

2 Okay.

3 I think we now are going to go --

4 MR. HERNDON: To recap, Governor, just

5 briefly.

6 What we did was try to construct a -- a

7 line-up that gave you a pretty wide amount of

8 diversification that eliminated unduplicate --

9 unduly expensive or unnecessary duplication,

10 and tried to discharge your fiduciary

11 obligation to the members of the pension fund

12 to ensure that you did, in fact, exercise

13 judgment in trying to pick the best products

14 that gave you the highest probability of

15 performance success at the lowest cost. And

16 you can't escape that.

17 For those reasons, we recommended three

18 bundled providers. And I want to make one

19 comment because it's -- it's important to -- to

20 keep it in mind, I think.

21 And that is that we recommended three

22 bundled providers, keeping in mind the concept

23 of a bundled provider.

24 I mean, we could have, as

25 Commissioner Gallagher suggested, come to you

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 255
November 27, 2001
1 with a best of the best cherry picking

2 approach. That was clearly an option for the

3 staff to recommend, and, frankly very tempting

4 in some respects.

5 But we didn't feel like that was congruent

6 with the concept of a bundled provider. If

7 you're going to pick a bundled provider, then

8 you theoretically ought to have access to a

9 wide array of investment products that span the

10 risk return spectrum.

11 Otherwise, a bundled provider is not doing

12 you the appropriate kind of service that ERISA

13 and all the other statutes require.

14 So we recommended three.

15 The first one that we recommended was

16 Prudential. And the reasons for recommending

17 Prudential, in our view, were fairly

18 straightforward.

19 They consistently have the best performance

20 across virtually all of the investment

21 categories; they have a very solid diversified

22 line-up; and the lowest cost, by far. In fact,

23 they rival the unbundled program.

24 They were also willing to tailor their

25 print materials to complement the educational

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 256
November 27, 2001
1 program, and presented us with no transition or

2 TPA or compliance issues.

3 In many respects, they were the best of the

4 bundled providers as you look at performance,

5 cost, and education.

6 I frankly don't have anything contrary to

7 say about them in the -- in the way of -- of

8 cons.

9 Now, obviously, as you've already pointed

10 out, we will sit down with -- with them and go

11 through contracts. But many of the contract

12 terms are already clearly understood by both

13 parties.

14 I'd be very surprised if we run into

15 significant hurdles at that stage in the

16 process.

17 GOVERNOR BUSH: Okay. Would someone from

18 Prudential like to speak?

19 If not, we'll have a vote right now.

20 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Let -- let me ask

21 one question.

22 That does include -- your recommendation

23 includes eliminating the utility sector.

24 MR. HERNDON: Yes, sir, it does.

25 The utility sector product that Prudential

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 257
November 27, 2001
1 proposed is a good product. There's certainly

2 no quarrel with that.

3 We were concerned that it was the only

4 industry sector that was selected out --

5 I mean, we could have gone to technology; or we

6 could have gone to, you know, cell phones; or

7 we could have gone to insurance; and so on, and

8 so on.

9 And we just really were not comfortable at

10 this particular time with a recommendation to

11 isolate the utility sector on a stand-alone

12 basis.

13 But that recommendation is part of the

14 overall recommendation as it relates to

15 Prudential.

16 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Tom, let me just --

17 GOVERNOR BUSH: Commissioner --

18 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- point out on your

19 first page of that Appendix 3 --

20 MR. HERNDON: Yes, sir.

21 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- on your total

22 number of funds on your left --

23 MR. HERNDON: Yes, sir.

24 TREASURER GALLAGHER: You actually have

25 seven there, I believe, instead of six for

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 258
November 27, 2001
1 Prudential?

2 And on the next page, you go down to six;

3 is that correct?

4 MR. HERNDON: That's correct.

5 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Well, with that,

6 I'll -- I'll move that we accept Prudential as

7 a bundled provider in -- in the offering --

8 TREASURER GALLAGHER: I second it.

9 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- defined

10 contribution.

11 GOVERNOR BUSH: There's a motion and a

12 second.

13 I think you're also including the

14 elimination of the --

15 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: I'm including

16 that -- the -- as --

17 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Six --

18 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- presented with

19 the elimination of the utility sector.

20 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Appendix 4.

21 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Yes. What is shown

22 in -- in --

23 Yes. Whatever that's called. Six

24 providers.

25 GOVERNOR BUSH: Okay. Any other

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 259
November 27, 2001
1 discussion?

2 There's a motion and a second.

3 All in favor, say aye.

4 THE CABINET: Aye.

5 GOVERNOR BUSH: All opposed?

6 Okay.

7 MR. HERNDON: The second --

8 GOVERNOR BUSH: Progress.

9 MR. HERNDON: -- the second company that we

10 recommended was Nationwide.

11 Nationwide also presented us with a strong

12 and diversified investment line-up. They had

13 the second lowest fees of any of the bundled

14 providers, and high scores for complementary

15 and best in class products.

16 Their educational program also gave us an

17 opportunity to complement the -- the

18 educational program that'll be offered at the

19 core PEORP level.

20 They do have some employees in Florida -- I

21 might add, by the way, that all five of the

22 companies had a very strong Florida presence,

23 as they all service a large number of employees

24 in Florida, and they all have facilities and

25 employees and so forth.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 260
November 27, 2001
1 But as we looked at their -- their

2 performance, their costs, and their educational

3 program, in our view, they also provided us

4 with a strong degree of -- of comfort that they

5 were a very good provider in that context.

6 GOVERNOR BUSH: Does someone from the

7 company like to speak?

8 MR. HERNDON: No.

9 GOVERNOR BUSH: Good.

10 That's --

11 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Well, I -- I would

12 move that we accept Nationwide, with the

13 elimination of -- of those two products, the

14 mortgage backed, and --

15 MR. HERNDON: The MidCap growth.

16 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- MidCap growth

17 I think is right, Tom?

18 MR. HERNDON: That's correct.

19 TREASURER GALLAGHER: I second that.

20 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: A total of six

21 products.

22 GOVERNOR BUSH: There's a motion and a

23 second.

24 Any other discussion?

25 All in favor, say aye.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 261
November 27, 2001
1 THE CABINET: Aye.

2 MR. HERNDON: The third company that we

3 recommended --

4 GOVERNOR BUSH: Those opposed?

5 Did I hear --

6 TREASURER GALLAGHER: I --

7 GOVERNOR BUSH: Oh, I'm sorry.

8 MR. HERNDON: I'm very sorry, Governor.

9 TREASURER GALLAGHER: I seconded.

10 GOVERNOR BUSH: Motion passes unanimously.

11 MR. HERNDON: The third company that we

12 recommended was Fidelity. Here, too, we have a

13 strong line-up for complementary and best in

14 class.

15 In fact, the -- by our little ranking

16 system, they scored the highest in that

17 particular category.

18 They had the third lowest fees of the -- of

19 the group, very strong performance, and a very

20 strong educational program. They do operate

21 eight walk-in centers throughout the

22 state of Florida that will be available to our

23 members, and that, too, was a plus, as we saw

24 it.

25 All three of these organizations are

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 262
November 27, 2001
1 committed to not only a fee for service

2 educational program, but also to providing

3 complementary educational services.

4 And as you know, this has been a -- a point

5 of some dispute. And I think we're going to

6 have an opportunity to talk about that in a

7 moment in a little bit more detail.

8 But Fidelity certainly was an organization

9 that we felt comfortable with recommending.

10 GOVERNOR BUSH: Is someone from Fidelity

11 here that would like to speak?

12 Very good.

13 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: They're all keeping

14 a low profile.

15 GOVERNOR BUSH: Maybe that'll change coming

16 up here. We'll see.

17 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: I'm --

18 GOVERNOR BUSH: Is there a motion?

19 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Yes.

20 I'll -- I'll move Fidelity as -- accept

21 Fidelity -- accept Fidelity.

22 A question on number of products, Tom?

23 MR. HERNDON: Yes, sir.

24 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: How many?

25 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Six.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 263
November 27, 2001
1 MR. HERNDON: We recommended six here as

2 well. The recommendation contemplated that we

3 not include the core bond aggregate that

4 Fidelity was proposing at 32 basis points for

5 essentially what was an indexed bond product.

6 We felt like that was -- was high in

7 relative terms. And as a consequence, we

8 recommended that that one not be rolled

9 forward.

10 GOVERNOR BUSH: Is there a second?

11 TREASURER GALLAGHER: I'll second.

12 GOVERNOR BUSH: Moved and seconded.

13 Any other discussion?

14 All in favor, say aye.

15 THE CABINET: Aye.

16 GOVERNOR BUSH: Opposed?

17 Motion passes.

18 MR. HERNDON: Now we move to a much more

19 difficult set of recommendations, and ones that

20 we make with a certain amount of reluctance.

21 Aetna was the next company that we looked

22 at. Aetna is a fine organization, and they

23 have an awful lot of good investment products.

24 We did feel like, however, that when you

25 looked at them in terms of what they added to

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 264
November 27, 2001
1 the program in terms of diversification and

2 performance and costs, that there was a

3 fall-off from the first three.

4 It is not dramatic, I'd be the first one to

5 say that. But, nevertheless, we felt like

6 30 investment choices did give us a good set of

7 diversified options.

8 And for that reason, as I indicated, we --

9 we reluctantly did not include Aetna. But I

10 certainly would say to you again that -- that

11 they're a fine organization, they have good

12 products, and -- and good services, and

13 offer -- also offer an educational program that

14 is a positive contributor to the program.

15 But we felt like under the circumstances we

16 had three bundled providers offering

17 30 products, and that that was a sufficient

18 number.

19 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: In -- in your

20 discussions, Tom, did you talk about,

21 for example, eliminating the mortgage backed

22 product that Aetna has, and are -- and are

23 similar to the Nationwide?

24 MR. HERNDON: We did talk with each of the

25 firms about some of the specifics.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 265
November 27, 2001
1 And, General, to be honest, I'd have to go

2 back to my negotiation notes on Aetna and that

3 specific product. I don't recall for certain.

4 But we did talk with each of the companies

5 and express some concerns about some instances

6 where there was some duplications and so forth.

7 And I -- I just frankly don't recall that

8 one --

9 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Well, it would seem

10 to me --

11 MR. HERNDON: -- in particular. But --

12 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- that, you know,

13 if, for example, they use that particular

14 product as an example, and eliminating it from

15 Nationwide, because of the -- and the reasons

16 that you gave --

17 MR. HERNDON: Uh-hum.

18 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- makes sense that

19 you would want to pull that from Aetna, if we

20 were going to consider it.

21 MR. HERNDON: Correct.

22 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: And for that matter,

23 they're a MidCap growth, which is at 72. And

24 I believe you eliminated Nationwide there also

25 at 75.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 266
November 27, 2001
1 MR. HERNDON: That's right.

2 And we also had concerns about the stable

3 value, which in Aetna's case was a little bit

4 higher priced. And, you know, there were a

5 number of instances where we had concerns, and

6 again, trying to kind of keep within the -- the

7 concept of a bundled provider offering, a

8 fairly wide gamut of investment products, it

9 seemed to us that we were beginning to do an

10 injustice to Aetna if we started to recommend

11 that those things be deleted.

12 So in fairness, we thought it probably was

13 best not to recommend them --

14 GOVERNOR BUSH: If -- if -- if you were

15 going to recommend them, which you didn't do --

16 but --

17 MR. HERNDON: Yes, sir.

18 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- had you recommended them

19 and you were to go to six, which seems to be

20 the symmetrical number --

21 MR. HERNDON: Purely coincidental,

22 Governor.

23 GOVERNOR BUSH: Oh, is it?

24 MR. HERNDON: Yes, sir. Absolutely.

25 GOVERNOR BUSH: If you were to go to six,

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 267
November 27, 2001
1 if -- based on General Milligan's comments,

2 would the two that he mentioned be the ones

3 that would more likely go --

4 MR. HERNDON: Yes, sir. Probably so.

5 Looking at the products that we have

6 available, certainly the mortgage backed would

7 be a product of some concern, the MidCap growth

8 products -- I'm just trying to look at these

9 quickly -- would be a concern -- the high yield

10 product may be an area of concern.

11 Again, depending on how the rest of the

12 line-up shakes out.

13 But -- but -- but those three, and perhaps

14 the stable value, you'll notice that you've got

15 Nationwide --

16 GOVERNOR BUSH: That's six.

17 MR. HERNDON: -- there and Prudential.

18 So --

19 GOVERNOR BUSH: Kind of down to close to

20 zero. So --

21 MR. HERNDON: Well, and I don't --

22 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- the question was --

23 MR. HERNDON: -- I don't mean to do that.

24 I -- but -- but we had some concern about

25 some --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 268
November 27, 2001
1 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: And, you know --

2 MR. HERNDON: -- duplication there.

3 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- deal with this

4 thing, it makes sense out of -- out of the

5 recommendations that you made, and -- and the

6 three clear recommendations, and at the same

7 time, we're going to listen to Aetna, and -- I

8 presume, and they'll have something to say --

9 GOVERNOR BUSH: Well, maybe we -- maybe,

10 Tom, you could talk to -- is there someone from

11 Aetna here to speak?

12 MR. HERNDON: Yes, there is.

13 GOVERNOR BUSH: Good.

14 Maybe they could speak, and then you could

15 come back and --

16 MR. HERNDON: That'd be fine.

17 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: I'd like to hear

18 their thoughts on --

19 GOVERNOR BUSH: Well, that's good.

20 Welcome.

21 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- and -- of the

22 firm.

23 MR. HOLGATE: Thank you, thank you.

24 Sorry to break your streak in --

25 GOVERNOR BUSH: No, no. I --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 269
November 27, 2001
1 MR. HOLGATE: You guys were on a roll.

2 Governor, General, and Treasurer, my name's

3 Gregg Holgate with ING Aetna Financial Services

4 here in Tallahassee, Florida.

5 I brought with me Carolyn Harris Burney

6 from Connecticut. As you might imagine, not

7 too hard to talk her on a -- onto a plane to

8 Florida here in November.

9 GOVERNOR BUSH: Glad you came.

10 MS. HARRIS BURNEY: Thank you.

11 MR. HOLGATE: I'll -- I'll let you set the

12 pace.

13 If you just want me to address that

14 question directly. Otherwise I'll -- I'll come

15 down these remarks, General.

16 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Well, I -- I -- that

17 question needs to be addressed. But I think

18 the bigger question is why you think you ought

19 to be in the mix --

20 GOVERNOR BUSH: Yeah --

21 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- despite the

22 recommendation.

23 MR. HOLGATE: Fair enough.

24 Why don't we start there, and I'll come

25 back to your question.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 270
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: If you could do it

2 relatively briefly, that'd be great.

3 MR. HOLGATE: Be brief, be bold, and be

4 gone.

5 I -- I sub-- I submit to you that the first

6 thing we would tell you is that we have been

7 very respectful of the process. We hold the

8 SBA and their staff in the highest regard.

9 We think, while this has been a rigorous

10 process, and as you mentioned, a decade-long

11 process this year, it -- it clearly has been a

12 thorough one.

13 We are involved in these processes, as you

14 might imagine, around the country. This one, I

15 can tell you, has been unparalleled. And

16 clearly the intent of staff has been the best

17 thing for the participant. We commend them on

18 that.

19 We are proud that our basic philosophy has

20 been to come up with a way to complement,

21 without complicating. We think that the

22 terrific process that is in place can be

23 augmented by our firm.

24 We are happy to tell you that we've been

25 recommended by Callan, by Mercer, even by the

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 271
November 27, 2001
1 SBA staff at points along the road, which I'll

2 point out here, including going into the

3 negotiations after -- after November 14th, with

4 perhaps the best fund line-up, according to the

5 SBA.

6 We left your meeting on the 14th, and

7 negotiated in good faith. We -- we made a

8 concession on every point that the staff asked

9 us to.

10 I believe while my counterparts from the

11 other firms may disagree, I believe we're the

12 only firm that can stand here and say that to

13 you today.

14 We -- we also believe that this is quite

15 close, and perhaps simply too close to call.

16 If we were half a lap behind the track, we'd

17 have stayed down there and let you keep your

18 streak going here.

19 But we do believe -- we do believe that we

20 are quite close. The SBA recommendation that

21 is in front of you even says we are perhaps the

22 third in terms of price, rather than the

23 fourth.

24 I come back to the investments because, as

25 the Treasurer has made clear with regard to the

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 272
November 27, 2001
1 457 plan and -- and everything else, however we

2 augment the plan and complement, if we don't

3 provide superior investments at a price that

4 gets the participant where they need to go, it

5 doesn't matter.

6 So to that, allow me to quote from the

7 I-S-I-G report of November 1st of the SBA

8 staff.

9 In their conclusion, they say: Since net

10 investment performance represents approximately

11 two-thirds of the total I-S-I-G evaluation,

12 ING Aetna ranked first in the moderate services

13 proposal due to the quality of their investment

14 products.

15 It is in that context that we went into

16 negotiations to articulate our value-added

17 proposition.

18 I would like to introduce Carolyn

19 momentarily to talk a little bit about how we

20 believe we can work with the SBA under their

21 auspices, and talk to a portion of the populace

22 that perhaps may not receive this message

23 otherwise.

24 Carolyn?

25 MS. HARRIS BURNEY: Thank you so much.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 273
November 27, 2001
1 Governor, General, Mr. Treasurer. It's a

2 delight to be here to talk to you about

3 ING Aetna's domestic emerging market strategy.

4 We started this strategy three years ago.

5 Our senior management group started this

6 strategy to embrace diversity in the financial

7 services industry.

8 And certainly here in Florida at this

9 point, nothing could be more important.

10 Florida obviously has a very diverse

11 population, and many people of diverse

12 backgrounds work for the public sector.

13 And so these elements start to come

14 together. We've learned that

15 African Americans, Latinos, and women think

16 differently about money. Culture affects the

17 decisions that we make, and culture affects the

18 way we invest our dollars. In many instances,

19 we're investing dollars for the first time.

20 And unless someone comes to us from a -- an

21 approach that respects the cultural backgrounds

22 that we bring to the table, we often will miss

23 the point. We won't make the best investment

24 choices that are good for our families, and for

25 the goals that we've set for ourselves.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 274
November 27, 2001
1 I've often talked to leaders of the public

2 sector about why people in the public sector,

3 particularly African Americans, Latinos, and

4 women are not full participants, not fully

5 taking advantage of these investment options.

6 And they -- the answer often comes back

7 that it's not part of the culture of the public

8 sector to talk about these types of investment

9 options.

10 Well, you're certainly making that part of

11 the culture here in Florida. And as you do

12 that, I suggest strongly to you that you

13 consider the cultural aspects of

14 African Americans, Latinos, and women. Build

15 that into the program.

16 ING Aetna will be very happy to work with

17 the SBA to bring the expertise we've developed

18 over these three years to help you make this

19 plan as effective for all of your employees as

20 possible.

21 Thank you so much for the opportunity to

22 talk with you.

23 Gregg.

24 MR. HOLGATE: Thank you.

25 And I will summarize. I -- I know your

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 275
November 27, 2001
1 time is short.

2 But I think what's important to note here

3 is that we provide -- we -- our intent has

4 always been to provide a complementary fund

5 menu, as well as complementary service.

6 We heard the message to be fee for service.

7 We have accomplished that. We offer -- we

8 stand ready here today to offer up our fund

9 menu, our services, a combination of the

10 holistic approach to this group in an effort to

11 best provide the participants of the state of

12 Florida plan with the optimal retirement plan.

13 GOVERNOR BUSH: Thank you very much.

14 Any questions?

15 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Well, that didn't

16 really address the -- the one specific issue of

17 that mortgage backed.

18 MR. HOLGATE: The short answer is, yes,

19 General. We --

20 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: It would be a

21 stand-alone, and probably would be -- would

22 have been I guess disagreed with by the SBA in

23 negotiation? At least --

24 MR. HOLGATE: The short answer is yes,

25 General.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 276
November 27, 2001
1 We removed, on staff recommendation, the

2 money market fund from our line-up as our

3 stable value fund has a full liquidity feature,

4 as requested by this group, thereby, negating

5 the need for a money market fund.

6 The short answer is, we -- we would love to

7 be on a level playing field with the three who

8 have already been voted in, and have six funds

9 in there.

10 Having said that, we will work with the

11 staff to determine what those right six are.

12 And if it's not to have the mortgage backed,

13 certainly comfortable with that.

14 GOVERNOR BUSH: Okay.

15 Any other questions?

16 Tom?

17 Do we have to -- if -- I -- do we need to

18 have the six in front of us that -- if there

19 was to be six -- do we need to have that in

20 front of us when we vote on this?

21 We do, don't we?

22 MR. HERNDON: To a degree, I think that's

23 probably --

24 GOVERNOR BUSH: Probably best --

25 MR. HERNDON: -- probably the case.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 277
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- not to go back and --

2 MR. HERNDON: I would --

3 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- renegotiate.

4 MR. HERNDON: -- I would beg you not to

5 send us back to -- to -- to negotiate again.

6 We've had so much fun up to this point.

7 The -- the mortgage backed is a concern, as

8 is the high yield. To a degree, that depends

9 on what happens with the balance of the

10 program.

11 The stable value we're going to have based

12 on essentially what is already authorized, so

13 to speak, a Prudential stable value and a

14 Nationwide stable value, both of which appear

15 to be a little bit superior products certainly

16 on the basis of costs.

17 So that's also a question.

18 But, I mean, I appreciate that it's

19 difficult to try and work through all of these

20 specifics --

21 GOVERNOR BUSH: Well, I think there's a --

22 MR. HERNDON: -- on the fly.

23 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- bit of a level of -- and

24 while this is unbundled bundled, it's still

25 bundled in the sense of -- that people are

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 278
November 27, 2001
1 going to come and offer --

2 MR. HERNDON: Yes, sir.

3 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- products and make the

4 case. And there's a -- there's a minimum

5 number I think, and -- and obviously there's a

6 maximum number emerging as well.

7 But there is a minimum number that would

8 make it -- if you don't have six, you put

9 the -- if -- again, I'm -- I'm saying all this

10 in the conditional that -- that there's a

11 positive vote. It may not be the case.

12 But I would suggest that there be six.

13 MR. HERNDON: Well, the other concern that

14 I would --

15 GOVERNOR BUSH: With -- with the proper

16 range, you know.

17 MR. HERNDON: That -- that was precisely

18 the point I was going to make, Governor.

19 If you -- if you looked at ING Aetna's

20 offerings, and you were to tackle, for example,

21 the mortgage backed and the high yield, those

22 eliminate two of the three essentially fixed

23 income products that are in Aetna's proposed

24 line-up, leaving them with just a stable value

25 as the only kind of quasi-fixed income product.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 279
November 27, 2001
1 And all the rest would then be equity

2 offerings.

3 That's a fairly biased kind of line-up, so

4 to speak. You know, it's not impossible -- and

5 I suspect that the folks from Aetna would

6 prefer to have the stable value than the

7 others, but I don't really know.

8 To a degree, this is a function of how they

9 assume assets would flow in, and their pricing

10 structure for their various products.

11 But certainly as you look at the

12 mortgage backed and the high yield, those two

13 are a little problematic from our perspective.

14 But -- but whatever's your pleasure at

15 this -- at this point.

16 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: You make it tough,

17 Tom.

18 GOVERNOR BUSH: Not -- not providing a

19 whole lot of --

20 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Well, I --

21 MR. HERNDON: Well --

22 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- I -- I'll take a

23 wag at this.

24 I -- I would suggest that -- I -- I would

25 offer that we accept Aetna as a bundled

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 280
November 27, 2001
1 provider, with the elimination of the

2 mortgage backed, and based on the other

3 products that -- that are there, and, granted,

4 there's some pricing advantages or

5 disadvantages with the elimination of the

6 mortgage backed and the -- and the MidCap

7 growth.

8 And don't ask me for the logic on MidCap

9 growth, other than just a balance.

10 GOVERNOR BUSH: It creates the spectrum

11 that's necessary.

12 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Yeah. Not skewing

13 it one way --

14 TREASURER GALLAGHER: But your high -- your

15 high yield fixed income is not --

16 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: But I -- but

17 I think -- I think Tom made a very good point

18 there that --

19 TREASURER GALLAGHER: You need something or

20 the --

21 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- they need

22 something on that side of the fence. And -- so

23 I'm not going to quibble over it.

24 Let the buyer decide whether they want to

25 pay that price. That's what this is all about.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 281
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: All right.

2 Is there a second?

3 I'll second it.

4 Just -- is there any more discussion?

5 Were you going to second it, if -- if you

6 like.

7 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Yeah.

8 GOVERNOR BUSH: Okay. He was. Okay.

9 Very good.

10 All in favor, say aye.

11 THE CABINET: Aye.

12 GOVERNOR BUSH: All opposed?

13 The motion passes.

14 MR. HERNDON: The final company is VALIC.

15 And they do have a representative here,

16 Mr. Bob Condon, the -- the CEO -- President and

17 CEO of VALIC is here.

18 And here our concern really is I guess

19 threefold. And not in -- in this particular

20 order necessarily, but all three of the

21 concerns are -- are significant ones.

22 In the first instance, their performance

23 was, among the five companies that we're

24 looking at, consistently the poorest. That is

25 a function of the fact that their costs are the

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 282
November 27, 2001
1 highest amongst the five companies. And so to

2 a -- to a large degree, those factors are

3 interrelated.

4 And the -- and the reason that their costs

5 are the highest -- and I'm not trying to pass

6 value judgments on this. But it is I think a

7 fact that their pricing model builds in the

8 aforementioned thirty-and-a-half basis points

9 for an educational program.

10 And our concern has been all along that

11 that is a high fee for a limited service, and

12 one that largely is duplicative of what is

13 available in the balance of the program, and

14 that we strongly endorsed a more fee for

15 service approach.

16 So essentially our concerns were -- were,

17 as I said, threefold: Performance record is

18 not the best; the cost record is high; and the

19 educational program, in our view, was

20 duplicative.

21 And I know Mr. Condon would like to speak

22 to those points. And --

23 GOVERNOR BUSH: Can you say the three

24 again? I'm sorry.

25 MR. HERNDON: Beg your pardon?

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 283
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: The three --

2 MR. HERNDON: Their -- their performance

3 is, among the five, the worst --

4 GOVERNOR BUSH: Right.

5 MR. HERNDON: -- that -- it is a function

6 of the fact that their costs are the highest.

7 And the reason their costs are the highest is

8 it builds in the educational program, which --

9 GOVERNOR BUSH: So they're all -- really,

10 I mean, the three concerns are all one.

11 MR. HERNDON: Oh, it -- that's correct.

12 I'm saying that they are interrelated, and they

13 all essentially tie back to their -- to their

14 pricing and marketing model, which is to

15 provide education to all parties.

16 And -- and I know Mr. Condon wants to speak

17 to that.

18 GOVERNOR BUSH: Welcome back.

19 MR. CONDON: Thank you.

20 I kind of feel like I should get the

21 Chamber of Commerce award for -- for this town.

22 GOVERNOR BUSH: We appreciate you coming.

23 MR. CONDON: Thank you for having me back.

24 I appreciate it, General, Treasurer, and

25 Governor.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 284
November 27, 2001
1 I think that that did put in a nutshell

2 what the issue is as far as where VALIC is

3 somewhat different in terms of the evaluation,

4 and certainly in the opinion of the SBA.

5 We've given you a small packet. I'm not

6 going to walk you through this in detail. But

7 I -- I'll leave it with you for reference. But

8 there are a few pages, and we've numbered them

9 so that I can refer you to them specifically.

10 But the very first page, I just think in --

11 in terms of reassessing the spirit in which the

12 renegotiations were conducted, we just wanted

13 to point out that there were 20 categories

14 of -- of renegotiation.

15 I'd like to call your attention to line 5,

16 which was the additional fee concessions. And

17 in that case, because we had previously

18 discovered and agreed that -- the necessity for

19 doing recordkeeping was no longer there. That

20 combined with the fact that we're able to

21 eliminate a trustee function.

22 And then just basically a -- just a general

23 additional price concession in -- in the spirit

24 of a final final best offer, an additional

25 3 basis points, we reduced our overall fees

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 285
November 27, 2001
1 down by 12 basis points, or a 28 percent

2 reduction from where we were after the previous

3 best and final offer.

4 And so, again, not only did we agree to all

5 the stipulations in terms of the negotiation,

6 but specifically came down in price as well.

7 And then finally, the one area where we did

8 not come to an agreement in the renegotiation

9 on line 20 is this issue of fee for service

10 versus the fully bundled approach. And we --

11 we could not come to an agreement on that.

12 And I think that what that calls into

13 question is really the whole value proposition

14 of what we're about, and what we believe needs

15 to be done in terms of a true bundled provider

16 that can offer choice.

17 And so on page 2, we've just kind of

18 restipulated what the process was, and what we

19 think went on during the process.

20 I mean, we went through, as you know,

21 numerous reviews: The -- the Callan fund

22 review; the 12 risk measures; the -- the -- the

23 two Mercer reviews; the EIG report, which

24 really did call into question the fact that we

25 were somewhat marked down on that report

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 286
November 27, 2001
1 because of this very same issue, although it

2 was also accompanied by another issue that had

3 to do with the way we compensate our

4 representatives. And in the renegotiation, we

5 removed that issue.

6 And then finally, the TPA IG report and --

7 and the ISG (sic) recommendation, in which we

8 consistently came out as the company that was

9 number one in significant service, significant

10 service meaning that we did bring a value to

11 the people who wanted to make a choice.

12 As the staff recommendations have come

13 down, first of all, there was one

14 recommendation of no bundled providers, and --

15 and then finally this recommendation where

16 this -- there was three out of the five.

17 Again, with the idea that -- that we

18 believe there has been just a consistent

19 attempt to unbundle the bundled providers down

20 to the point of where they are strictly a

21 mutual fund provider, and not a true

22 significant service provider.

23 I would like to take you, for example, to

24 page 7. And I'll -- I'll be happy to go back

25 over any of these other pages.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 287
November 27, 2001
1 But on page 7 of this report, to get right

2 down to the current recommendation that's in

3 front of you. The SBA staff has said that we

4 duplicate three other fund offerings, and that

5 we refuse to change.

6 Actually, we would only be duplicating if

7 you didn't remove certain funds from the other

8 providers, which you actually have done today.

9 And in the negotiations, actually the only

10 issue that was raised was on one fund, which

11 was the stable value. And we did offer a

12 substitution, which would have been a

13 Ginnie Mae fund. So we did actually offer to

14 do a substitution there.

15 We also could substitute other funds if

16 there is duplication, because --

17 GOVERNOR BUSH: I think that was the issue.

18 I think we're -- the fee for service is

19 probably --

20 MR. CONDON: Okay.

21 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- the issue being focused

22 on.

23 MR. CONDON: All right. And then --

24 GOVERNOR BUSH: Is that right, Tom?

25 MR. HERNDON: That's --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 288
November 27, 2001
1 MR. CONDON: That is the next page, page 8,

2 which is that we refuse to offer the -- the fee

3 for service in -- in lieu of -- of the way we

4 charge.

5 We believe, and we think that it has been

6 borne out in every committee meeting, every

7 interview that we've been through, the

8 interviews with our existing clients,

9 et cetera, that many participants want the

10 face-to-face, but they, if faced with it, would

11 probably not elect to pay a flat fee out of

12 their pocket with after tax dollars. And

13 particularly at some of the income levels where

14 $200 before tax-- or after tax is a significant

15 amount of money.

16 For the average participant that did not

17 transfer assets over, our fee would actually be

18 $8 on -- on average pre-tax, versus 200 after

19 tax.

20 For a $10,000 account, the total VALIC

21 education fee would be less than the taxes paid

22 on the 1 hour after tax Ernst & Young fee.

23 And -- and I have included on page 9 an

24 example of what this would do in terms of -- of

25 fees.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 289
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: But that's a -- that's --

2 that's a -- a one-time -- you're comparing an

3 apple to a pear, aren't you? Because you're --

4 MR. CONDON: Not really. Let's look at

5 this graph on the next page. And -- and I --

6 and I think it would beg that question.

7 So I -- I'll come back to that.

8 We did a series of calculations. I'm only

9 showing you one here. We have additional ones

10 with us in fairness so that you could bring in

11 any income levels. And we even have it on a PC

12 where we could create any scenario that you'd

13 want to see.

14 But this one here, we used an assumption of

15 a $10,000 transfer -- an individual with a

16 $35,000 salary with a 3 percent annual

17 increase.

18 And this is what would happen in terms of

19 the -- the -- just the price -- and this would

20 assume that this individual, if they sat down

21 and did a 1-hour interview with E&Y in the

22 first year, that they would want to do that at

23 least every year in reviewing their portfolio.

24 That's what our experience with our clients is.

25 On that basis, you can see here that the --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 290
November 27, 2001
1 that the cost of the VALIC program over a

2 five-year and a ten-year basis is substantially

3 below an individual who admittedly, it would be

4 an individual who elected to continue to use

5 the face-to-face service.

6 And I really think that this is what it's

7 all about. Those people -- if -- if this whole

8 disclosure of all the costs up front, and we

9 appear to be the most expensive, because we

10 offer this face-to-face interview.

11 The people who don't see value in the

12 face-to-face interview wouldn't do business

13 with VALIC.

14 GOVERNOR BUSH: But here's the -- this is

15 the challenge I think.

16 You're assuming in that scenario that

17 everybody's going to take the -- the education

18 consulting service.

19 MR. CONDON: Not necessarily. This is only

20 one individual.

21 So we're saying that the individual who

22 does not see value in the face-to-face

23 consulting scenario wouldn't -- they not only

24 wouldn't do business with VALIC, they would not

25 do the $200 an hour interview with -- with SBA.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 291
November 27, 2001
1 Therefore, I'm saying --

2 GOVERNOR BUSH: Hence the problem.

3 MR. CONDON: -- it's a --

4 GOVERNOR BUSH: Hence the problem, because

5 that's -- that's the challenge. The challenge

6 is, everybody else has agreed to this fee for

7 service concept that is priced more related

8 I guess to cost of that 1 hour; you all are

9 spreading that over a larger number of people

10 with the assumption I guess that you were going

11 to take advantage of the service.

12 And it puts -- it -- it kind of creates

13 a -- at least a difficult situation where

14 you're -- you're at a -- you're on a different

15 playing field.

16 MR. CONDON: I don't -- I don't see why

17 you'd be on a different playing field if all of

18 that is disclosed up front. In other words,

19 if -- if the SBA is going to disclose up front

20 that --

21 GOVERNOR BUSH: That's right.

22 MR. CONDON: -- that it's going to cost

23 $200 if you decide to do a full-blown interview

24 with -- with -- with E&Y.

25 It would also be disclosed that -- that

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 292
November 27, 2001
1 inherent in -- in our pricing would be the fact

2 that it -- it -- it is priced higher because

3 you are going to get the face-to-face service.

4 And if you don't see value in that, don't

5 participate in it.

6 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Well, let -- let me

7 point something out here in this cost.

8 Thirty basis points about right?

9 MR. CONDON: Yes.

10 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Okay. A person who

11 has accumulated $300,000 in a 30-year period

12 would end up spending about $18,000 total for

13 their education, quote, component, which would

14 come out to about $600 a year, which would mean

15 that they could have three $200 meetings a

16 year, and be even with where you all are.

17 I just think that's a -- that's a -- that's

18 a -- that's one of the reasons we wanted that

19 education component out, because that's what

20 the real costs are. And I know we can work out

21 what's five years and what's ten years.

22 But the bottom line is, somebody that's

23 there for a whole 30 years is paying $18,000.

24 And that's out of a $300,000 retirement, which

25 means what they're left with is, you know,

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 293
November 27, 2001
1 278,000.

2 MR. CONDON: Well, it -- except that if you

3 look at it only in terms of the expense,

4 Commissioner, that -- that would be one way of

5 looking at it.

6 The bottom line I think really is, even

7 with that expense in there, at the end of the

8 day, what's in the retirement account.

9 And that's the last page that you have in

10 your material, and also one of the graphs that

11 we put out here is, using the current line-up

12 of funds, both for the SBA, and for the ones

13 that we had in as of the last go-around.

14 And also we used one other example. That

15 would be an alternative line-up if you asked us

16 to substitute in or out some of the funds that

17 we've already run through the Call-- Callan

18 process, in either event, at the end of the

19 day, the participant has more assets with the

20 VALIC program at -- at virtually any asset

21 level that you're talking about.

22 GOVERNOR BUSH: Are you assuming a $200 an

23 hour education cost each year?

24 MR. CONDON: No.

25 GOVERNOR BUSH: So it's not included in

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 294
November 27, 2001
1 that.

2 MR. CONDON: That's correct.

3 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Well, but -- but what

4 you have to look at is gross dollars in a

5 30-year period, because that's what most

6 people -- many people are going to end up

7 waiting till they retire, or --

8 GOVERNOR BUSH: Well, if they're spending

9 30 years, they're probably going to be in the

10 defined benefit plan.

11 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Not if they start --

12 not if they make the choice when they start to

13 go into the -- into the PEORP, because most

14 people that start in it, go in it because they

15 can take their money --

16 GOVERNOR BUSH: They're probably going to

17 go against the advice of the --

18 TREASURER GALLAGHER: They're not --

19 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- the education --

20 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- starving people.

21 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- folks that if someone's

22 going to be here for 30 years, they --

23 they'd -- they'd be better off I think,

24 wouldn't they --

25 TREASURER GALLAGHER: I don't know many

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 295
November 27, 2001
1 people that when they walk in, wouldn't say,

2 I'd like to have my choice to be able to leave

3 before six years, and take my money with me.

4 Because that's sort of the choice they're

5 making when they start -- the -- the tough

6 choice is after you've been there for a while.

7 Not just when you start.

8 That's my opinion anyway.

9 MR. CONDON: But -- but even back to your

10 previous point, whether it's 5 years, 25 years,

11 the point is that with all the educational

12 material that is available through the SBA

13 program, on the website, in the printed

14 materials, et cetera, we would be perfectly

15 happy with illustrations like that worked out

16 jointly with us and -- and -- and the SBA that

17 pres-- presents full disclosure.

18 I mean, the -- so the -- the point is,

19 we're not -- we are the only company, frankly,

20 that broke the asset expenses out the way that

21 we did so that you could clearly see what is

22 asset management, and what is the value added

23 service.

24 If -- if that is broken out in the material

25 that's produced by the SBA, we have absolutely

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 296
November 27, 2001
1 no problem with that.

2 Full disclosure. Let the participant look

3 at a 30-year example, a 25-year example, as

4 long as we are all talking about apples and

5 apples.

6 And there's a -- there are a number of

7 charts flying around here that are being

8 produced from -- from different areas that some

9 of us know what the assumptions were, some of

10 us don't.

11 I have no problem, if we can say, let's sit

12 down, let's compare apples to apples. And even

13 if we come out looking worse in an

14 apples-to-apples comparison, let the

15 participant look at that and determine, is this

16 a -- a service that I want to have, even though

17 I know that over the years, I may pay more for,

18 I may also have more assets at the end as well.

19 But at least they know what they're paying

20 up front.

21 And repeatedly, we have heard people come

22 before you and say, what we want to know is

23 what has your performance been, what does it

24 cost me to do business with you, and then let

25 me make my choice.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 297
November 27, 2001
1 And we have absolutely no problem with full

2 disclosure.

3 GOVERNOR BUSH: Has this chart been vetted

4 by -- with the SBA?

5 MR. CONDON: No.

6 MR. HERNDON: We've never seen any of it

7 before.

8 GOVERNOR BUSH: Okay. Who -- who's the

9 unbundled -- where are the unbundled funds?

10 MR. CONDON: That is the SBA line-up of

11 existing funds.

12 GOVERNOR BUSH: So it would be to take a

13 mix or equal --

14 MR. CONDON: We used exactly the same asset

15 allocation that was used by Mercer. I mean, so

16 we only have access to what's out on the

17 website, and that's where this information came

18 from.

19 TREASURER GALLAGHER: I -- let me ask you

20 another question.

21 So you basically -- we asked everybody to

22 move and pull the education component out.

23 You chose not to do that, correct?

24 MR. CONDON: We chose not to unbundle

25 that --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 298
November 27, 2001
1 TREASURER GALLAGHER: That's correct.

2 MR. CONDON: -- piece.

3 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Everybody else did.

4 And now the problem is that if, in fact,

5 they're to be treated equally with you, we have

6 to let them come back and raise their prices in

7 order to compete. Wouldn't we?

8 MR. CONDON: Why?

9 Well, I mean, the --

10 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Well, I'm sure --

11 MR. CONDON: -- the -- but that was a

12 question that was asked of them.

13 I mean, I don't have a problem, by the way,

14 if you do that. That -- that's not my issue.

15 But the point is that, you know, they've

16 had -- they had the same choice that I had. We

17 have a value proposition here that we believe

18 is in the employees' best interest. We believe

19 that the employees are smart enough to know

20 what they're doing here.

21 There are thousands of employees, better

22 than 10 percent of your total employee

23 population, that already do business with my

24 company. And the other companies that you've

25 selected have probably similar ratios.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 299
November 27, 2001
1 These are people that have -- have worked

2 with you for 20 years, they know what your

3 pricing is, they would love to continue to work

4 with you. They ought to have that choice.

5 If you give these other companies an

6 opportunity to come back and -- and change

7 their pricing, I don't have a problem with

8 that.

9 But they did have the chance to make that

10 decision in the first place. And the value

11 proposition was based on them believing that

12 they presented you with the best value that --

13 that you have. That could be because they --

14 they -- they view education in a different way.

15 I mean, I don't know what their motives

16 were. And -- and, again, I -- I have no

17 problem if you treat them in -- in -- in an

18 equal fashion.

19 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Their motives might

20 have been that we asked them to do it, and,

21 you know, that's a pretty decent motive.

22 And your motive is, we don't --

23 MR. CONDON: Well --

24 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- care that you want

25 us to do it, we're not going --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 300
November 27, 2001
1 MR. CONDON: Okay. I --

2 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- to do it.

3 MR. CONDON: -- that certainly is -- is

4 a -- is a viewpoint.

5 But, you know, we were asked if we thought

6 this was in -- were -- a), were we willing to

7 do it; and, (b), is it in the best interest

8 of -- of -- of what we were proposing to the

9 program.

10 We believe that -- that our value

11 proposition here is one that the employees will

12 value. Is -- and -- and as I say, if they are

13 fully disclosed as to what the different value

14 propositions are, this is something that they

15 believe, that if they can sit down with

16 professionals throughout the state that can

17 give them the type of advice they want, why

18 wouldn't they avail them-- themselves of that?

19 If -- and I don't -- I can't speak for the

20 other companies. But, for example, if they

21 don't have a similar service available, then it

22 was easy to take it out of their pricing.

23 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Well, to me, that --

24 I mean, I look at $300,000, costs them $18,000

25 over that period, which is $600 a year.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 301
November 27, 2001
1 That's very, very expensive. That means

2 that there's a lot of profit that you all make,

3 compared to the other guys. And that's out of

4 a person's pension fund.

5 So that's been my problem. That's why I

6 wanted -- and -- and we voted to take the

7 education component out. And that -- that's

8 just a problem that I personally have, known

9 from the -- from when I started.

10 So --

11 MR. CONDON: But I think again, it's a --

12 it's a relative thing. You know, even using

13 that number, which I think is sort of at the

14 extreme end, $600 a year to somebody that needs

15 a great deal of hand-holding through their

16 investment portfolio selection, et cetera, is

17 really -- assuming that they didn't have to

18 give up overall performance in order to get

19 that -- and that's what we've tried to

20 demonstrate here.

21 So if they can have the best of both

22 worlds, equal or better performance, and at the

23 same time, somebody that will come and sit with

24 them, and give them advice, maybe even the

25 individual that they're currently doing

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 302
November 27, 2001
1 business with, because, as you know, we're part

2 of the State deferred compensation plan.

3 They may be so happy with the service

4 they're getting there, that they would like to

5 continue that under this program.

6 Why wouldn't you give them that choice?

7 GOVERNOR BUSH: I would -- just based on

8 if -- if people made important decisions based

9 on cost alone, I think people would flock away

10 from VALIC to begin with in the early part of

11 their career, and -- or move towards VALIC in

12 the early part of their career; and the minute

13 they started accumulating any assets, they'd be

14 running for the other guys pretty --

15 MR. CONDON: Well --

16 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- quick, and --

17 MR. CONDON: -- and -- and, you know,

18 Governor --

19 TREASURER GALLAGHER: And that -- they lock

20 down --

21 MR. CONDON: -- that's a great point

22 because, for example, there are no restrictions

23 in this program that would keep them from doing

24 that.

25 So, for example, that puts the onus on us

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 303
November 27, 2001
1 even more, because this is a -- a buyer's

2 choice.

3 At any point in time in the program, the

4 buyer could say, you know, I don't need that

5 advice anymore, and I'm going to move my assets

6 over. And we're the ones that are at risk if

7 that happens. We -- because we have no lock on

8 the people.

9 GOVERNOR BUSH: General Milligan, do you

10 have any --

11 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Well, I -- I'm kind

12 of interested in this disclaimer business.

13 You know, just how effective is a

14 disclaimer up front as the -- the cost of doing

15 business. You know, if you've got a customer

16 coming in and you point out the -- the

17 additional costs you're going to incur, how

18 effective is it?

19 MR. CONDON: I think that it -- first of

20 all, I think it's extremely effective, because

21 it can be done in a number of ways. If you

22 rely entirely on an investment company to

23 provide that disclaimer, I would agree that

24 that company could handle it --

25 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Well, clearly --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 304
November 27, 2001
1 MR. CONDON: -- in another -- in a --

2 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- not to --

3 MR. CONDON: -- number of ways.

4 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- deny them --

5 MR. CONDON: Here we would be com-- and we

6 agreed in the -- in the -- in the process that

7 whatever disclosures you and the SBA feel are

8 necessary, we have absolutely no problem with

9 them being created and distributed up front by

10 the SBA.

11 I mean, this is not something that you

12 would have to rely on my company or my

13 representatives to do. We would be thrilled to

14 do it in conjunction with you. We'll cooperate

15 in any way we possibly can.

16 And we gave examples, General, of where we

17 have done this in the past. But -- but if --

18 if you wanted to have that entirely under your

19 control so that you could be convinced of the

20 process, you know, again, I think that that

21 could be done.

22 Again, I don't think you want to overlook

23 the years of experience that we already have

24 here with the State government of not creating

25 infractions, not having done things where our

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 305
November 27, 2001
1 people deceived individuals. I mean, that

2 would be known, and it would be part of the

3 public record.

4 So, first of all, I do think that --

5 that -- that materials can be crafted in such a

6 way that there would be total disclosure, and

7 we as a company would have no problem if

8 that -- if that information was -- was

9 generated and -- and given to the employees by

10 the SBA so that they could be -- be assured

11 that it -- that it was out there.

12 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Tom, would you care

13 to address that issue?

14 TREASURER GALLAGHER: I'm going to

15 refrain -- saying that you haven't had any

16 complaints might be a little bit far. So I'm

17 not going to go there.

18 But I just want to correct you on that.

19 There has been complaints.

20 MR. HERNDON: I have no doubt that

21 disclaimers can be crafted to put people on

22 notice. The question is whether or not they

23 appreciate the consequences of the pricing

24 proposal.

25 I mean, all of us look --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 306
November 27, 2001
1 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Clearly -- clearly

2 you would have to make that part of the full

3 disclosure, and --

4 MR. HERNDON: There -- there's no question

5 that any comparative documentation that we

6 would disseminate would include a very critical

7 analysis of the costs of all of the bundled

8 providers. And it would try and point out to

9 people that the consequences of compounding

10 one-third of 1 percent of their -- their assets

11 over 30 years is on the order of magnitude that

12 Commissioner Gallagher's --

13 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: When you're

14 overwhelmed with -- with information, and

15 that's -- they're going to be -- I don't want

16 to say overwhelmed, but they're going to have a

17 lot of it, it's kind of hard to -- to kind of

18 put priority on the most important bits of

19 information.

20 That certainly would be one of those that

21 should have higher priority if it were to be

22 included in the -- in the -- in the package.

23 MR. HERNDON: Yes, sir.

24 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Can you do that?

25 Can you put enough emphasis on it to make

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 307
November 27, 2001
1 it clear so that a rational choice can be made?

2 MR. HERNDON: You can certainly make a good

3 faith effort to do that. And we will do that.

4 Needless to say, we don't agree with some

5 of the representations that have been made here

6 this afternoon about performance and costs and

7 so forth.

8 But having said that, you know, taking the

9 concern that you and the other Trustees have

10 expressed, you know, we will make every effort

11 to try and disclose that information.

12 Whether you can get people to pay attention

13 to it, and to appreciate the consequences of a

14 third of a percent deduction compounded over

15 30 years is another matter altogether.

16 GOVERNOR BUSH: I think it'd be important

17 to do that. But I think the -- the -- we've

18 had a disagreement -- at least I've had with --

19 and by the way, I don't think we've thanked the

20 SBA staff enough for their hard work.

21 But I have a -- I have a fundamental

22 disagreement with a lot of these conversations

23 in that they seem to get a little -- while --

24 while protecting the -- the members of the

25 system that are locked into this, the PEORP

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 308
November 27, 2001
1 system is important, we -- we have to avoid

2 being maternalistic about it as well.

3 There's a tradeoff between being in a

4 defined contribution system and defined

5 benefits. And it -- Tom's point -- Cerra's

6 point is right on target, we have to trust

7 people to make decisions to -- for themselves,

8 give them choices, empower them to do so, give

9 them information, don't make it overwhelming.

10 And they'll -- they'll make the right decision.

11 It's their money. And I'm -- I'm more than

12 confident than ever that the SBA can negotiate

13 a contract to provide the same consumer

14 protections that exist in the open marketplace.

15 They exist in every -- every contract.

16 I mean, maybe people don't read the fine -- the

17 fine print all the time. But this isn't going

18 to be fine print.

19 And it shouldn't be because this is their

20 retirement. But I think we can craft a system

21 that -- that -- that provides protections.

22 I -- I honestly -- you know, I -- I'm not

23 sure how many people are going to pick this

24 plan as assets are accumulated.

25 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Well --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 309
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: Just don't see it.

2 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- I -- let me just

3 tell you that the -- if we were to accept VALIC

4 as is, we have made a totally different playing

5 field out there in comparison to the other

6 companies, and I think unfairly so.

7 I think other companies may be willing to

8 say that. Maybe they won't. But I think we

9 should hear from them.

10 Because what we've done here is we've said,

11 we will allow you guys to have your field staff

12 out there, some 300 of them, call on people,

13 visiting them, educating them, and the other

14 companies basically have given up that at this

15 point.

16 So that -- I don't know that that's,

17 you know, a fair playing -- you know, a level

18 playing field. If we're going to have a level

19 playing field, that's why I -- I believe the

20 education numbers should come out from them

21 before we allow them to compete in order to

22 have a level playing field.

23 If -- because they refuse to do what we

24 ask, we're going to give them an unlevel

25 playing field, I -- I just -- maybe some other

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 310
November 27, 2001
1 companies would want to speak up now, because

2 this is probably the time.

3 GOVERNOR BUSH: Anybody like to speak up?

4 Yes. You have a couple of speakers.

5 We'll -- we'll -- very briefly. Okay.

6 Maybe four you said?

7 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: No. I said, brave

8 souls.

9 TREASURER GALLAGHER: I know nobody wants

10 to get up and say anything against their

11 competition, and that's a tough thing to do.

12 But -- and I think we ought to be fair to

13 everybody.

14 MR. KEATING: Good afternoon. My name is

15 Steve Keating. I'm with Fidelity Investments.

16 I'd first like --

17 GOVERNOR BUSH: Welcome.

18 MR. KEATING: -- to say, thank you all

19 very, very much for allowing us to participate

20 in this process, from Tom's staff to the

21 Trustees, to the various Boards that have

22 put -- been -- excuse me -- put together.

23 It's been a great process for us to go

24 through, and we really, really appreciate the

25 opportunity to participate. And we thank you

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 311
November 27, 2001
1 very much.

2 Just briefly though, I think from

3 Fidelity's perspective, we have always believed

4 that you are the client. And based on what you

5 need, what you ask, we will do.

6 So we agree with you, that when you asked

7 us to break that out -- which is not

8 necessarily the traditional way that we operate

9 in the marketplace -- that we felt that you are

10 the client, we will do, and do what you

11 request.

12 I think the only issue we have -- what has

13 been discussed today is exactly what you all

14 addressed, which is a level playing field. And

15 if that does change, we would like the

16 opportunity to come back and -- and discuss

17 things in greater detail.

18 I think if you look at our experiences in

19 the marketplace -- and one of the things that

20 we bring to the table, which we feel is very

21 unique, which you all have addressed in the

22 past is what's going on with corporate America

23 and what's going on with large, ten plus

24 billion dollar plans.

25 Fidelity manages 11 of the top 20. So I

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 312
November 27, 2001
1 think we are expert when it comes to large,

2 defined contribution plans. We know what the

3 demand for one-on-one services are, and would

4 be happy to share those with you.

5 But, again, I think we feel very, very

6 strongly that we have no issue with five

7 companies being in the mix at all, but that

8 truly is a level playing field regarding how we

9 service your members.

10 We think that's very important.

11 GOVERNOR BUSH: Thank you.

12 Anybody else like to comment?

13 MR. KNICELEY: Governor, my name is

14 Robert Kniceley with Nationwide Insurance.

15 We agree with basically the comments that

16 Fidelity has mentioned.

17 And to the point that Treasurer Gallagher

18 has mentioned, we have, in our original

19 proposal, indicated we were going to dedicate

20 people to provide counseling to employees.

21 And, you know, based on the process, the

22 evaluation negotiations, we have evolved to a

23 different standard.

24 If you're going to allow I think any of the

25 companies to come in, and -- and we certainly

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 313
November 27, 2001
1 are not opposed to five companies being

2 selected, that you clearly need to have a level

3 playing field in terms of what you're going to

4 ask each of the bundled providers to do in

5 terms of the requirements for education.

6 And we think that should be spelled out in

7 the contract, equal for each of the five

8 companies.

9 Thank you.

10 GOVERNOR BUSH: Thank you.

11 Anybody else like to speak?

12 MR. PESTER: Good afternoon, Governor Bush.

13 I -- I totally agree with

14 Treasurer Gallagher's point. I think the

15 important point is is that the SBA has come up

16 with a creative solution, a fee for service is

17 a creative innovation. And I think one of

18 the -- the critical elements is it ensures

19 education, as opposed to just selling to

20 participants.

21 And I think we need to keep that in mind as

22 we go forward with the process.

23 Thank you.

24 GOVERNOR BUSH: Thank you.

25 Now that you're up and taking nourishment,

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 314
November 27, 2001
1 do you have a position on this?

2 MR. HOLGATE: There -- you need four to

3 play bridge, so --

4 Perhaps ING Aetna Financial Services the --

5 is the firm that has the most in common with

6 AIG VALIC in terms of our infrastructure in the

7 field.

8 And you should know that when we left your

9 Trustee meeting on the 14th, we were not at fee

10 for service.

11 But you know what? You beat us over the

12 heads. We heard it, we got it, we went in and

13 sat down with Mr. Herndon and staff and went to

14 fee for service.

15 We -- we believe that playing field -- you

16 made it clear. We encourage you to stick to

17 the guns, and keep the playing field level.

18 Thank you.

19 GOVERNOR BUSH: Thank you.

20 Any --

21 MR. CONDON: Can I just make a -- a

22 comment?

23 GOVERNOR BUSH: Yes.

24 MR. CONDON: First of all, in terms of what

25 you just heard I think basically is an

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 315
November 27, 2001
1 admission that the SBA was successful in taking

2 bundled providers, and unbundling them down to

3 the point where these services are not

4 available.

5 It again escapes the issue of choice. This

6 is -- this has nothing to do with -- with a

7 level playing field. I mean, you know, first

8 of all, these companies advertise in the media,

9 you'll see Fidelity advertisements all over the

10 state of Florida. That --

11 GOVERNOR BUSH: Yes.

12 MR. CONDON: Big ones.

13 GOVERNOR BUSH: We like them.

14 MR. CONDON: They have -- they -- they had

15 originally indicated they have over

16 90 representatives available to be participants

17 in the plan.

18 They have financial services centers that

19 people can walk into. I mean, this has nothing

20 to do with level playing field. This has to do

21 with the fact that people want to have a

22 choice.

23 And you've heard the employee groups talk

24 about that, you've heard committee after

25 committee talk about it. This is a matter of

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 316
November 27, 2001
1 choice.

2 By -- by selecting or bringing VALIC back

3 into the picture, even under the -- the current

4 arrangement, you have not unleveled the playing

5 field. I -- I just don't understand what

6 everybody is afraid of, particularly the SBA.

7 This should have been an asset that they

8 could have used, as opposed to looking at it as

9 competition.

10 GOVERNOR BUSH: Okay. I think we've

11 discussed this enough?

12 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: I think we have beat

13 it to death here probably.

14 GOVERNOR BUSH: Is -- is there anybody that

15 would like to make a motion?

16 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: I'll make a motion,

17 then we can vote on it.

18 I'll -- I'll move that we accept VALIC as a

19 bundled provider.

20 TREASURER GALLAGHER: I have a substitute:

21 That we accept them if they do fee for service

22 so it would be equal to the others.

23 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Say that again.

24 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Accept them if they

25 agree to do fee for service so that it'd be

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 317
November 27, 2001
1 equal with the others that agreed to do that.

2 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: We certainly are

3 throwing you back into the negotiation

4 business, Tom.

5 Is that a bother?

6 Of course not.

7 GOVERNOR BUSH: So there's a substitute

8 motion.

9 Is there a --

10 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: I'll -- I'll second

11 the substitute.

12 GOVERNOR BUSH: Okay. All in favor of the

13 substitute motion, say aye.

14 THE CABINET: Aye.

15 GOVERNOR BUSH: Opposed?

16 No.

17 So the motion passes.

18 There you have it.

19 MR. HERNDON: Governor, we have --

20 GOVERNOR BUSH: We have one more --

21 MR. HERNDON: -- one more PEORP item, and

22 one more agenda item.

23 GOVERNOR BUSH: Just -- just from a

24 technical point of view here, now that we're

25 going to go back to negotiate with one

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 318
November 27, 2001
1 provider, we --

2 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Well --

3 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- probably need to give

4 you a little guidance on this, because -- and I

5 apologize. You're -- you're back --

6 MR. HERNDON: That's all right.

7 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- at it.

8 But since you're going to have to negotiate

9 the final contracts anyway with the other four,

10 this -- this is an additional -- the --

11 TREASURER GALLAGHER: The -- you know, are

12 we looking -- I guess what we need to know is,

13 do they have six --

14 MR. HERNDON: Six.

15 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- offered. Are

16 those six acceptable at this point?

17 MR. HERNDON: Well, I know that

18 Mr. Condon --

19 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: I have looked at

20 them. I -- there's one of them that might be

21 questionable. But I don't think that --

22 TREASURER GALLAGHER: The stable value

23 one's pretty short?

24 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Yeah. But I don't

25 think -- I don't think there's --

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 319
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: Is that acceptable?

2 MR. HERNDON: If that's the direction of

3 the Board.

4 GOVERNOR BUSH: Very good.

5 So you will make an effort to -- what was

6 the -- how -- how'd you term that?

7 Negotiate --

8 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Well, we'll -- we

9 know -- we know what -- what they're --

10 they're -- and, listen, when -- when you take

11 the 30.5 basis points off the top here, they're

12 going to be very competitive in their

13 production and what they do. And -- and

14 I think that's a really good choice for people

15 to have.

16 And -- and they'll be equal to the other

17 ones in regards to the marketing program.

18 MR. HERNDON: We'll do our best, Governor,

19 and try and bring you something back.

20 GOVERNOR BUSH: Thank you.

21

22

23

24

25

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 320
November 27, 2001
1 MR. HERNDON: The -- the final issue before

2 you is to discuss the resolution of the

3 self-directed brokerage window, which was

4 proposed by SAFECO.

5 We did spend a considerable amount of time

6 with the SAFECO representatives, as I've

7 indicated in our written materials. It is a

8 good product, it has a lot to support in it.

9 The deficiency is more a -- a procedural

10 one than it is a substantive one, and that is

11 that we did not competitively bid this process,

12 nor did we, in this case, conduct any extensive

13 due diligence on the SAFECO product.

14 We recommended that you defer including the

15 self-directed brokerage window offered by

16 SAFECO until a later time.

17 SAFECO has proposed as an alternative that

18 the company, in this case, SAFECO and

19 Share Builder would be willing to put up the --

20 the -- the monies necessary to do the kind of

21 interface work with our third party

22 administrator and so forth, concurrent with our

23 conducting the appropriate amount of due

24 diligence to try and conclude in a relatively

25 short time period whether or not they, in fact,

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 321
November 27, 2001
1 are the best self-directed brokers window out

2 there for our members.

3 And that is certainly a fair alternative,

4 and one that we could support. But we wanted

5 to make sure that you heard all of the issues,

6 and had an opportunity to be aware of the --

7 the various pros and cons.

8 Self-directed brokerage windows are not in

9 the majority of defined contribution plans.

10 They're a relatively recent phenomenon, and are

11 gaining popularity. But they also bring with

12 them some risks.

13 And one of the things that we would

14 certainly expect, if you were to pursue this,

15 is that you would build in some -- some

16 safeguards into the system so as to ensure that

17 you don't have unlimited amount invested in one

18 company stock, and those kinds of -- of

19 concerns.

20 Mr. Richmond was here -- still is here --

21 on behalf of SAFECO, and may wish to make some

22 comments.

23 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Well, let me just say

24 that I'd like to make a motion that you proceed

25 with allowing them to do their -- their thing

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 322
November 27, 2001
1 to pay for things, with no obligation from

2 us --

3 MR. HERNDON: That's correct.

4 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- that you'll do

5 your due diligence, and then you'll get back to

6 us with a recommendation that we could take one

7 way or the other --

8 MR. HERNDON: That would be fine.

9 And we would try and do that in a fairly

10 quick amount of time for the December --

11 probably the December committee meeting.

12 But --

13 TREASURER GALLAGHER: And I don't know if

14 this is something we have to have up right

15 away. But if -- you know, I think one of the

16 things you need to look at is the parameters of

17 how much somebody would have to have in order

18 to do this, and, you know, some way to protect

19 themselves --

20 MR. HERNDON: Well, the concern is that --

21 that your -- you know, our printing deadline to

22 start disseminating 600,000 packets of

23 information is in January. I mean, we really

24 don't have much time.

25 And if we're going to be able to give

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 323
November 27, 2001
1 members a clear sense of what's available to

2 them, you've got to --

3 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Okay.

4 MR. HERNDON: -- you've got to do that

5 quickly. So we don't have a lot of time, but

6 I think we can probably --

7 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Everybody --

8 MR. HERNDON: -- give you a fair amount of

9 time.

10 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- you're ready.

11 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: The -- the real key

12 is the due diligence on this, and make sure

13 that we have done it in a competitive and fair

14 manner.

15 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Yep.

16 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: And --

17 MR. HERNDON: Yes, sir.

18 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: -- and so the

19 time line may be tight, but it should not be a

20 call on the sword of the time line.

21 MR. HERNDON: No. We do have some

22 information already.

23 GOVERNOR BUSH: Commissioner Gallagher,

24 would you like to make a motion --

25 TREASURER GALLAGHER: I think we did.

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 324
November 27, 2001
1 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- to allow them --

2 Did I hear a second?

3 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Second.

4 GOVERNOR BUSH: There is a motion and a

5 second.

6 Any other discussion?

7 All in favor, say aye.

8 THE CABINET: Aye.

9 GOVERNOR BUSH: Opposed?

10 The motion passes.

11 MR. HERNDON: And Item Number 8 on the

12 agenda, Governor, is the fund activity analysis

13 for the month of September.

14 GOVERNOR BUSH: How'd we do?

15 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Move to accept it.

16 MR. HERNDON: Better.

17 COMPTROLLER MILLIGAN: Second.

18 GOVERNOR BUSH: Moved and seconded.

19 Without objection, it's approved.

20 MR. HERNDON: Thank you.

21 GOVERNOR BUSH: Thank you all very much.

22 And, again, I want to thank all the people

23 that were very patient through this process

24 and --

25 TREASURER GALLAGHER: By the way, is

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 325
November 27, 2001
1 there --

2 GOVERNOR BUSH: -- thank you -- thank --

3 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- is there -- let me

4 just ask a question before we adjourn.

5 Is there some time line on -- on VALIC

6 making a decision whether to agree or not, are

7 we going to ask them if they want to do that

8 now, or are we going to --

9 MR. HERNDON: I'm going to --

10 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- give them --

11 MR. HERNDON: -- I'm going to try and find

12 them --

13 TREASURER GALLAGHER: -- period of time --

14 MR. HERNDON: -- right now.

15 TREASURER GALLAGHER: Okay.

16 MR. HERNDON: And for --

17 TREASURER GALLAGHER: They -- they need to

18 tell you right now.

19 MR. HERNDON: For sitting through all of

20 this, we have shirts for you from MyFRS.

21 GOVERNOR BUSH: Do you have an extra one?

22

23

24

25

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STATE BOARD OF ADMINISTRATION 326
November 27, 2001
1 (The State Board of Administration Agenda

2 was concluded.)

3 * * *

4 (The Cabinet meeting was concluded at

5 2:37 p.m.)

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

327
November 27, 2001
1 CERTIFICATE OF REPORTER

2

3

4

5 STATE OF FLORIDA:

6 COUNTY OF LEON:

7 I, LAURIE L. GILBERT, do hereby certify that

8 the foregoing proceedings were taken before me at the

9 time and place therein designated; that my shorthand

10 notes were thereafter translated; and the foregoing

11 pages numbered 149 through 326 are a true and correct

12 record of the aforesaid proceedings.

13 I FURTHER CERTIFY that I am not a relative,

14 employee, attorney or counsel of any of the parties,

15 nor relative or employee of such attorney or counsel,

16 or financially interested in the foregoing action.

17 DATED THIS 11TH day of DECEMBER, 2001.

18

19

20

21

22

23
LAURIE L. GILBERT, RPR, CCR, CRR, RMR
24 100 Salem Court
Tallahassee, Florida 32301
25 850/878-2221

ACCURATE STENOTYPE REPORTERS, INC.